2017 Office Furniture Solutions Next Day Service Delivery & Installation Space Planning Bespoke Products Suite A, Sovereign House, Bramhall Village Square, Bramhall, Cheshire SK7 1AW Tel/Fax - 0161 439 9886 Mobile: 07786 545674 Email - [email protected]www.transformdesigns.co.uk Please also contact for - Please also contact for - REFURBISHMENT PROJECTS, IPAD/LAPTOP STORAGE, PLAYGROUNDS AND MUCH MORE Please check on Website for more details TAKE 20% OFF ANY PRICE INSIDE THIS CATALOGUE
Transcript
TH
E O
FF
ICE
FU
RN
ITU
RE
CA
TA
LO
GU
E 2
01
7
2017Office
FurnitureSolutions
OfficeFurnitureSolutions
Next Day Service
Delivery & Installation
Space Planning
Bespoke Products
Please check on website for more details.TAKE 25% OFF ANY PRICE INSIDE THIS CATALOGUE.
Please also contact for - REFURBISHMENT PROJECTS, IPAD/LAPTOP STORAGE, PLAYGROUNDS AND MUCH MORE
Please check on Website for more details
TRANSFORM DESIGN LTD (16).indd 1 24/11/2015 14:50
Please check on website for m
ore details.TA
KE 25% O
FF AN
Y PRICE INSID
E THIS CATA
LOG
UE.
Space Planning
Formed in 2009, our specialist furniture removal service has supported many companies in strengthening their environmental credentials and corporate identity through our recycling scheme. Operating under current UK legislation and inline with ISO accreditations 9001, 14001 and 27001, we are happy to remove any old furniture. For recycling, whether we are delivering new or not. Call us now for a quotation.
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&RREMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&RREMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&RREMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICER&R REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&R
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICER&R
Following industry and legislative guidelines the 2D, or 3D CAD will allow you to visualize the space and achieve an effective working environment.
The correct planning of a workspace, utilises its maximum capacity and produces a work friendly and safe environment.Allow us to hear and understand your requirements. Once your objectives have been analysed, your space will be designed to be efficient and effective based upon operational and aesthetic requirements, and financial considerations.
0 0 1
4050
3880
ZES606
ZES600 ES626
ES626
ES624
ES624
ES623
1267
1350
800
Services
1 Services (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 11:56
You have placed your order on time and accurately
Our vehicle can access the site
Parking for a large vehicle is available
Any special security or access arrangements are notified in advance
If available and necessary lifts are made available to our fitters
Other works likely to interfere with the installation eg. carpet fitting, decorating or electrical works are complete.
SafesShown on pages 250-251; as these products can be very heavy to deliver and install – they may require special delivery and be subject to an installation survey, with any subsequent charging agreed prior to delivery. Furniture Care
Storage Interior FittingsStorage units will be sited at point of use with interior fittings left for customer self installation. Full instructions will be supplied with each fitting.
If you need to move furniture after installation please always lift rather than dragging or pushing. Please seek assistance, furniture can be heavy.
The vast majority of products in this catalogue are priced for a complete order to installation service. We will take your goods to the point of use, unpack the goods and professionally assemble any products that require this service. An estimate of delivery time is shown at the bottom of each page.
In order to achieve the best results for you please ensure that:
Most importantly please provide a mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address of the person receiving the order on site to ensure that you are kept as informed as possible. We book installations with your customer by email or text. We will also call to give half an hour notice.
CAD - Meeting Room Plan
Small Orders May be subjected to a small order charge of £20. This will be notified at the time of order.
From Concept to CompletionFrom the start of a project we can assist with initial site visits and proposals through to final installation.
Additional Information
0 0 2
Delivery and Installation Guide
2-3 Delivery Installation Terms and Conditions (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 11:57
For deliveries within mainland UK†, place your order by 3pm and receive your furniture the next working day between 8am & 6pm. Please include full delivery address and contact details for the person that will be in receiving the delivery, orders without contact details cannot be processed for next day delivery. Orders must state ‘Next Day Service’ on the official purchase order.
* No small order charges apply
†* Excludes Highlands & Islands, Channel Islands, Isle of Man and Ireland. Deliveries to these areas will be POA and may not be next working day.
* Deliveries may be made on an articulated vehicle and may be on a pallet, which will be left with the customer for disposal.
* All next day deliveries are kerb side only.
* Failed Deliveries where the company is not at fault will incur a handling charge and if required a re-delivery charge.
* Products delivered next day will be delivered flat packed for self-assembly.
* Claims regarding goods that have been signed for as unchecked will be rejected.
* Any claims made outside of the above terms, will be handled at the Customer Service department’s discretion and may be rejected.
* Any obvious damages or discrepancies must be noted and signed for as such on the driver’s delivery paperwork. All deliveries must be checked upon receipt and claims for damages or discrepancies found after the delivery must be made in writing within 48 hours. Failure to do so will result in any claim being rejected.
* We reserve the right to request photographic evidence. It is the customer’s responsibility to provide these upon request to assist in a claim.
* We reserve the right to supply replacement components and are under no obligation to replace complete products.
* We are not responsible for the fitting of replacement components and will not accept any invoices from the buyer, relating to this.
Returns
* All returns must be pre-agreed with the Customer Service department. Agreed returns will be collected within 10 working days.
* Items must be disassembled and securely boxed in the original packaging, including all internal protective packaging, and must be at ground level when collected
* Goods must be unused.
* Goods will not be accepted if the boxes are in poor condition.
Many of our stock items are now available for delivery Next Day, please contact sales for further information and a copy of our Express Price Guide.
0 0 3
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Express Delivery Guide
2-3 Delivery Installation Terms and Conditions (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 11:57
Ordering ProcedureTo process your order accurately, please ensure your order contains the following information:
1. Full product code
2. The wood/metal finish or fabric choice of the product eg:
3. Product quantity
4. Quoted price (excluding VAT)
5. Full delivery address, including postcode
6. Contact name and mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address at point of delivery
7. Purchase order number/reference
8. Any special arrangements e.g. parking restrictions etc
Pricing, Corrections and ContinuityEvery effort has been made to ensure that prices and product details are correct at the time of going to press (December 2016). Prices can only be guaranteed for 6 months from this date.
All prices are exclusive of VAT, which will be charged at the rate prevailing at the time of invoice. We reserve the right to make product changes, price changes and product improvements during the life of this catalogue. E & OE.
Notice of Damage, Loss, Non-ReceiptAll goods must be checked and signed for on receipt ofdelivery. We shall not accept claims for missing, faulty or damaged goods, if the delivery note is signed “un-checked”.
Failure to adhere to this may result in charges for replacements. If upon receipt, your goods are damaged, incomplete, or incorrect, notification must be made within 24 hours of delivery.
Wood Veneer FinishWhile manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be guaranteed. Exposure to natural light will alter a veneers colour over a period of time. Finishes illustrated within this catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as a guide.
FabricsWhere a fabric covered product is available from stock the relevant fabric colour is shown on the page. Further details of fabric swatches are shown on page 272 of this catalogue. Fabric colours illustrated within this catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as a guide, natural fibres such as wool may experience a shade variance.
There is a vast selection of materials and colours available, with the fabric manufacturers providing an excellent swatch service. This is accessed through their web sites noted on page 272.
Cancellation of Orders/DeliveriesThe cancellation of Stock orders must be received andacknowledged in writing. The Company reserves the right to charge an administration fee for the cancellation of a Stock order.
Orders for Specials cannot be cancelled once the order has been accepted. A storage charge may be levied against any deliveries that are not accepted on the confirmed delivery/installation date.
Warranty GuaranteesSeatingThe warranty offered indicated by the following symbolindicates the number of years that the product is guaranteed to be free from defects and refers to metal and plastic parts. Fabric guarantees vary depending on which fabric cover is used and the number of hours daily use that the chair is subjected to. The warranty becomes invalid if in the reasonable opinion of the company the product has been misused or used outside of its advertised weight tolerances or time periods. Any chair that requires repair will be collected and repaired at our site within a period of time deemed reasonable by the company. Loan chairs will not be provided whilst this operation is carried out.
FurnitureThe warranty offered indicated by the following symbolindicates the number of years that the product is guaranteed to be free from defects subject to normal wear and tear. If a product becomes faulty during this period the company will undertake to repair or if this is not possible, replace the item within an agreed and reasonable timeframe. If the product can be repaired, loan furniture will not be supplied whilst this operation is carried out.
A beautiful and practical furniture range, featuring a modern double upright frame, with a stylish oval cantilever frame in two popular colours.
A desk is not just some wood and metal, it is an object at which many of us spend several hours, of several days sitting at. So don’t settle for anything less than the exact desk which meets your every requirement. You may like a functional desk, a contemporary look, an executive feel, or one that adjusts in height for different users.
Once you have located the ideal desk, don’t forget to accessorise! With a choice of cable management gadgets which ensure a tidy and trip free workspace or a noise reducing desk mounted screen that can also add some colour to your environment.
2017 Range Highlights
Fraction3
Featuring an ultra modern ‘goalpost’ frame and shallow modesty panel giving the range very clean and simple lines.
The Fraction+ range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture. Fraction+ is available in three finishes, two frame colours and offers a complementary range of furniture including desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and filing cabinets. Fraction+ comes with 25mm desk tops, silver or white powder coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Please speak to sales if another bracket style is required.
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPW1410(L) 1400 x 730 x 800/1000 259
ZFPW1410(R) 1400 x 730 x 800/1000 259
ZFPW1610(L) 1600 x 730 x 800/1000 278
ZFPW1610(R) 1600 x 730 x 800/1000 278
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
10-11 Fraction Plus (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 14:29
0 1 1
8 year guarantee
10-11 Fraction Plus (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 14:29
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Fraction2
The Fraction2 is a beautiful and practical furniture range, featuring a modern double upright frame, with a stylish oval cantilever frame in three popular colours. The range is sturdy and comes with an exceptional 8 year guarantee. A wide range of tables, pedestals and storage options compliment the range.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.0 1 2
Frame ColoursColours
White Cluanie Blue
WhiteNova Oak Beech Cara Black
Silver
BCH WHT WHTNOAK8year
guarantee
Stock Screen Colours
Stylish ovalcantilever frame
Other screensare available see
pages 36-39
Wave WorkstationCore Workstation
Rectangular Workstation
Lyle Desk Mounted Screen - Straight Top
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZF2W1410(L) 1400 x 730 x 800/1000 272
ZF2W1410(R) 1400 x 730 x 800/1000 272
ZF2W1610(L) 1600 x 730 x 800/1000 291
ZF2W1610(R) 1600 x 730 x 800/1000 291
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZF2C1412(L) 1400 x 730 x 800/1200 319
ZF2C1412(R) 1400 x 730 x 800/1200 319
ZF2C1612(L) 1600 x 730 x 800/1200 344
ZF2C1612(R) 1600 x 730 x 800/1200 344
ZF2C1812(L) 1800 x 730 x 800/1200 363
ZF2C1812(R) 1800 x 730 x 800/1200 363
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZF2/800 800 x 730 x 800 (Square) 174
ZF2/1208 1200 x 730 x 800 216
ZF2/1408 1400 x 730 x 800 229
ZF2/1608 1600 x 730 x 800 245
ZF2/1808 1800 x 730 x 800 252
Codes W x H (mm) £
ZL-ST-1238 1200 x 380 132
ZL-ST-1438 1400 x 380 137
ZL-ST-1638 1600 x 380 156
All Screens include SBKT-01 brackets.
Please speak to sales if another bracket style is required.
Cable Riser - Single
Codes Colour £
F2CR/SIL Silver 26
F2CR/WHT White 26
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
12-13 Fraction 2 (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 14:46
Fraction2
Lifestyle Photo
0 1 3
Shown inBeech/Silver
without optionalcable riser
12-13 Fraction 2 (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 14:46
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Fraction3
The Fraction3 is an extension of the popular Fraction+, Fraction2 and Fraction Bench ranges. This option features an ultra modern ‘goalpost’ frame and shallow modesty panel giving the range very clean and simple lines. The range is available in three top finishes with two frame colours and is available in stock for rapid delivery.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.0 1 4
Other screensare available see
pages 36-39
Return Workstation - Left or Right HandRectangular Desk
Magnetic Cable Riser - Single Lyle Desk Mounted Screen - Straight Top
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZF3R1608(L) 1600 x 730 x 1800 366
ZF3R1808(L) 1800 x 730 x 1800 381
ZF3R1608(R) 1600 x 730 x 1800 366
ZF3R1808(R) 1800 x 730 x 1800 381
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZF3/1208 1200 x 730 x 800 227
ZF3/1408 1400 x 730 x 800 240
ZF3/1608 1600 x 730 x 800 258
ZF3/1808 1800 X 730 X 800 265
Codes Colour £
F3CR/SIL Silver 23
F3CR/WHT White 23
Codes W x H (mm) £
ZL-ST-1238 1200 x 380 132
ZL-ST-1438 1400 x 380 137
ZL-ST-1638 1600 x 380 156
All Screens include SBKT-01 brackets.
Please speak to sales if another bracket style is required.
Frame ColoursColours
White Cluanie Blue
WhiteNova Oak Beech Cara Black
Silver
BCH WHT WHTNOAK8year
guarantee
Stock Screen Colours
Ultra modern
‘goalpost’frame
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
25mmwork tops
14-15 Fraction 3 (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 14:48
0 1 5
14-15 Fraction 3 (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 14:48
Fraction BenchThe Fraction Bench offers expandable double width workstations. The design enables long workstations to be created which are uninterrupted by intrusive legs.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Lyle Desk Mounted Screen - Straight TopCodes W x H (mm) £
ZL-ST-1238 1200 x 380 132
ZL-ST-1438 1400 x 380 137
ZL-ST-1638 1600 x 380 156
All Screens include SBKT-01 brackets.
Please speak to sales if another bracket style is required.
Grip Bench ScreensCosy Bench ScreensA “one size fits all” screen to partition bench or desking systems. Designed intuitively, Grip allows the user to simply push the screen into a standard 25mm desktop. Grip prevents wobble due to its friction fit design.
A hand crafted, beautifully detailed screen with radius corner detailing featuring exposed stitching. Fully upholstered in fire retardant fabric.
Straight Top Height 380mm Straight Top Height 380mm Straight Top Height 380mm Straight Top Height 380mm
0 1 7Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Fraction BookcasesThese smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and height adjustable shelving, (one fixed shelf ).
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.0 2 1
Workmode PlusKeep your workspace tidy with Workmode Plus. The leg design has been engineered to offer fully integrated cable management to ensure work areas remain safe and tidy.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular WorkstationCore Workstation
Wave WorkstationNarrow WorkstationCodes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP8060C 800 x 727 x 600 232
ZWMP1260C 1200 x 727 x 600 267
ZWMP1660C 1600 x 727 x 600 306
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP1410LWC (L) 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 370
ZWMP1610LWC (L) 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 394
ZWMP1410RWC (R) 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 370
ZWMP1610RWC (R) 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 394
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP8080C 800 x 727 x 800 269
ZWMP1280C 1200 x 727 x 800 295
ZWMP1480C 1400 x 727 x 800 317
ZWMP1680C 1600 x 727 x 800 332
ZWMP1880C 1800 x 727 x 800 345
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP16LC (L) 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 422
ZWMP18LC (L) 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 436
ZWMP16RC (R) 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 422
ZWMP18RC (R) 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 436
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
0 2 4
25mmwork tops
Lyle Desk Mounted Screen - Straight TopCodes W x H (mm) £
ZL-ST-1238 1200 x 380 132
ZL-ST-1438 1400 x 380 137
ZL-ST-1638 1600 x 380 156
All Screens include SBKT-01 brackets.
Please speak to sales if another bracket style is required.
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Other screensare available see
pages 36-39
Forcomplimenting
storage see pages 31-33
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
24-25 Workmode Plus (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:05
0 2 5
24-25 Workmode Plus (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:05
Meeting TablesSee our range on page 30.
RH Shown
Colours
Oak Beech
BCHOAK5year
guarantee
Workmode Panel EndThis stylish and contemporary system supports 25mm MFC worktops. A wide range of storage options compliment the Panel End range. Traditionally styled in two colour finishes.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular WorkstationCore Workstation
Wave WorkstationNarrow Rectangular WorkstationCodes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM8060P 800 x 727 x 600 186
ZWM1260P 1200 x 727 x 600 221
ZWM1660P 1600 x 727 x 600 260
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM1410LWP (L) 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 323
ZWM1610LWP (L) 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 349
ZWM1410RWP (R) 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 323
ZWM1610RWP (R) 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 349
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM8080P 800 x 727 x 800 223
ZWM1280P 1200 x 727 x 800 249
ZWM1480P 1400 x 727 x 800 270
ZWM1680P 1600 x 727 x 800 288
ZWM1880P 1800 x 727 x 800 298
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM16LP (L) 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 385
ZWM18LP (L) 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 398
ZWM16RP (R) 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 385
ZWM18RP (R) 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 398
(L) and (R) denotes left or right handed.
0 2 6
25mmwork tops
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Forcomplimenting
storage see pages 31-33
26-27 Workmode Panel End (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:06
0 2 7
26-27 Workmode Panel End (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:06
Standard Colours
Oak Beech
10year
guarantee
MultidrawersSee our Storage & Filing from page 232.
Standard FeaturesSteel sided drawers.
Locking drawers and folding key fob.
OAK BCH
Workmode PedestalsA range of high quality, heavy duty pedestals; desk high, mobile, and our stylish steel pedestals opposite.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.0 2 8
• Stock Item. • Complete with pen tray. • Flat front drawer profile.
• Stock Item. • Complete with pen tray. • Flat front drawer profile.
Note: Side filing cabinets are priced in Goose Grey only. For other available finishes and price details please contact Sales.Bisley Range - Standard Colours
Cream Light GreyCoffee Goose Grey Anthracite Black Canary
Silver
Mimosa
Fuchsia
Mandarin
Azure
Cardinal Red
Oxford Blue
Traffic White Chalk
10year
guarantee
Please Add 10% for Traffic White, Chalk or Silver. Add 15% for Canary, Mimosa, Mandarin, Fuchsia or Azure.
Steel Pedestalsdesking, storage and screens
Stock Pedestals delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Bisley Pedestals delivered to a room of choice in 4-5 weeks fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
TTestingThese Storage Units & bookcases have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.
Desk High with one shelf
Desk End Cupboards
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZIMBC728 800 x 727 x 310 194
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZSU70825DD 800 x 727 x 500 350
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZIMBC800 800 x 800 x 310 201
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZIMBC1600 800 x 1600 x 310 228
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZSU710DD 926 x 720 x 500 350
ZSU1610DD 926 x 1600 x 500 539
ZSU2010DD 926 x 2000 x 500 622
800mm High with one shelf
1600mm High with three shelves
Double Door Storage Units
1400mm High with two shelves
1800mm High with three shelves
Shelves
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZIMBC1400 800 x 1400 x 310 217
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZIMBC1800 800 x 1800 x 310 248
Codes £
SUS08 40
SUS10 40
Codes £
ZSULCR10 (926mm wide only) 62
Workmode CupboardsThese robust storage units compliment the Workmode Plus and Panel End desk ranges. All are supplied with locks and silver handles. Specify internal fitments to meet your storage requirements.
desking, storage and screens
0 3 1
Standard Colours
Nova Oak Beech
BCHNOAK5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Workmode Steel Tamboursdesking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.0 3 3
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these productsSee page
235 internal fitments
Workmode Steel Tambours are affordable, high quality storage units that no office can function without. All units have been designed to fit A4 binders, lateral and suspension filing. All units have height adjustable feet. Lowe and Fletcher AB series and locks fitted as standard.
Low
Medium
High
Shown in Goose Grey
New for 2017
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
G/G
Oak & Silver
O/S
Beech & Silver
B/S
Shown in Oak/Silver
Shown in Beech/Silver
Code Finish £
ESSOT158G/G Goose Grey 529
ESSOT158B/S Beech/Silver 591
ESSOT158O/S Oak/Silver 591
Width: 1000 Height: 1570-1585 Depth: 470
Code Finish £
ESSOT101G/G Goose Grey 428
ESSOT101B/S Beech/Silver 503
ESSOT101O/S Oak/Silver 503
Width: 1000 Height: 1000-1015 Depth: 470
Code Finish £
ESSOT198G/G Goose Grey 558
ESSOT198B/S Beech/Silver 626
ESSOT198O/S Oak/Silver 626
Width: 1000 Height: 1970 -1985 Depth: 470
Shutter Colours
Extra WhiteBlack SilverLight Grey Dark Grey
EW
+10%
5 SL
+5%
1 9
Special Order Colours
ChalkBlack SilverLight Grey Traffic White Anthracite
adjustment. Can be adjusted to above and below the mounting point.
Codes Details Colour £
GAMMA-SR Single Silver 275
GAMMA-WH Single White 275
GAMMA-BL Single Black 275
2GAMMA-SR Double Silver 470
2GAMMA-WH Double White 470
2GAMMA-BL Double Black 470
A stylish new gas operated arm available as single, or double. Excellent
cable management. Universal 75 & 100mm Vesa plates included.
Weight capacity 6KG (subject to tool rail capacity).
Codes Colour £
HAFSA-SR Silver 155
HAFSA-WH White 155
Supplied with both through desk & edge clamp fittings as standard.
Universal 75 & 100mm Vesa plates included. Cable management
clips. Can be adjusted to any height via the quick release clamp.
Codes Colour £
ACCENT-SR Black/Silver/Chrome 197
ACCENT-WH White/Grey/Chrome 197
Gas arm adjustment.
Discreet in-built cable management and simple under desk fixing to
provide a simple and neat desktop solution. Weight capacity 9KG.
Codes Colour £
2ACCENT-SR Black/Silver/Chrome 313
2ACCENT-WH White/Grey/Chrome 313
Gas arm adjustment.
Discreet in-built cable management and simple under desk fixing to
provide a simple and neat desktop solution.
Weight capacity 9KG (subject to tool rail capacity).
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Brackets All screens now include two brackets.
Specification Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim.
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
5year
guarantee
SA-A4LT SA-PEPT SA-PHLD SA-NHLD SA-TRPT
Lyle Desk Mounted ScreensThis entry level screen boasts 25mm thickness, 4mm thick PVC trim in either silver [s] or white [w] and a comprehensive range of accessories to choose from.
The Lyle will fit to the Fraction, Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End ranges.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
TTesting
These Screens successfully satisfied the relevant sections
of BS EN 1023 and BS46.
Code: SA-LINK-KIT. Add £15 each.
Specification
30mm Screen thickness. Integral hanging facility. Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
Troon Desk Mounted ScreensFramed on 3 sides using lightly proportioned bespoke aluminium extrusions, conceived to reflect the latest trends in office furniture. Troon screens will integrate with our stocked desk ranges.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Code: SA-LINK-KIT. One kit required for each return screen. Add £15 each. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order. For samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
Framed on 4 sides, Hove is a highly functional contemporary desk mounted screen. Thoughtful design, clever engineering, beautiful build quality and competitive prices ensure that Hove screens can be confidently specified for use within the full hierarchy of office furniture.
Acrylic 380mm High
Acrylic and Toolbar 380mm High
Straight Top 380mm High
Toolbar 380mm High
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T1-0638R/SBKT-10 585 130
H-T1-0838R/SBKT-10 785 153
H-T1-0838/SBKT-10 800 153
H-T1-1038R/SBKT-10 985 159
H-T1-1038/SBKT-10 1000 159
H-T1-1238R/SBKT-10 1185 166
H-T1-1238/SBKT-10 1200 166
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T2-0638R/SBKT-10 585 152
H-T2-0838R/SBKT-10 785 168
H-T2-0838/SBKT-10 800 168
H-T2-1038R/SBKT-10 985 194
H-T2-1038/SBKT-10 1000 194
H-T2-1238R/SBKT-10 1185 202
H-T2-1238/SBKT-10 1200 202
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T3-0638R/SBKT-10 585 170
H-T3-0838R/SBKT-10 785 178
H-T3-0838/SBKT-10 800 178
H-T3-1038R/SBKT-10 985 193
H-T3-1038/SBKT-10 1000 193
H-T3-1238R/SBKT-10 1185 216
H-T3-1238/SBKT-10 1200 216
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T4-0638R/SBKT-10 585 175
H-T4-0838R/SBKT-10 785 188
H-T4-0838/SBKT-10 800 188
H-T4-1038R/SBKT-10 985 201
H-T4-1038/SBKT-10 1000 201
H-T4-1238R/SBKT-10 1185 225
H-T4-1238/SBKT-10 1200 225
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T3-1438R/SBKT-10 1385 231
H-T3-1438/SBKT-10 1400 231
H-T3-1638R/SBKT-10 1585 248
H-T3-1638/SBKT-10 1600 248
H-T3-1838R/SBKT-10 1785 280
H-T3-1838/SBKT-10 1800 280
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T4-1438R/SBKT-10 1385 254
H-T4-1438/SBKT-10 1400 254
H-T4-1638R/SBKT-10 1585 266
H-T4-1638/SBKT-10 1600 266
H-T4-1838R/SBKT-10 1785 311
H-T4-1838/SBKT-10 1800 311
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T1-1438R/SBKT-10 1385 184
H-T1-1438/SBKT-10 1400 184
H-T1-1638R/SBKT-10 1585 199
H-T1-1638/SBKT-10 1600 199
H-T1-1838R/SBKT-10 1785 225
H-T1-1838/SBKT-10 1800 225
Codes Width (mm) £
H-T2-1438R/SBKT-10 1385 230
H-T2-1438/SBKT-10 1400 230
H-T2-1638R/SBKT-10 1585 248
H-T2-1638/SBKT-10 1600 248
H-T2-1838R/SBKT-10 1785 292
H-T2-1838/SBKT-10 1800 292
Accessories
A4 Letter Tray SA-A4LT 14
A3 Letter Tray SA-A3LT 17
Pencil Pot SA-PEPT 12
Phone Holder SA-PHLD 12
Name Holder SA-NHLD 11
Trinket Pot SA-TRPT 12
£
Hove Mounted Screensdesking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.0 3 9
New guidance by Public Health England (PHE) shows that you can reduce the risks of heart attacks, cancer and diabetesby spending at least 2 hours a day on your feet. The study shows that prolonged sitting may “significantly and independently increase the risk of cardiometabolic disease and premature mortality’’.The research is the first ever to be published in the UK and it is designed to curb the health risks of too much sitting down.Upgrade your work spaces using the Sit - Stand Workstations to encourage a healthy way of living and working.
Sit - Stand Desks
0 4 0
“ While 90 per cent of office workers in Scandinavia now have access to Sit and Stand workstations, only 1 per cent of
British workers have this choice, according to a study.’’
Fraction Sit - Stand FeaturedThe Fraction Sit - Stand Desk represents performance, design, value and it is made to the highest standards.
Well-known and inspiring figures spurned their seats in favour of standing at their desks.
Thomas Jefferson, third president of the United States stood at a tall desk to draw up architectural plans for buildings like the Virginia State Capitol.
Winston Churchill would often work on his book manuscripts at an upright desk.
Leonardo Da Vinci was also said to have worked using a standing desk.
Risks of Sitting:
In recent years major international research has been undertaken providing compelling evidence that sitting for more than 4 hours each day can lead to:
• Reduced calorie burning and lower metabolic rate. • Disrupted blood sugar levels. • The shutdown of enzymes responsible for burning harmful fat. • Seizing of leg muscles. • Higher levels of insulin and blood pressure.
Irrespective of your physical activity levels, the outcome of sitting can lead to increased risks of diabetes, obesity, heart disease, cancer, back ache, stiffness, pain, dementia, depression and muscle degeneration.
Benefits of Standing:
Sit - Stand desking enables users to easily correct posture alignment whilst promoting the following health and work benefits:
• Revitalises your metabolism, burning between 50 - 60 extra calories per hour. • Elevates blood flow to the brain. • Optimises productivity. • Reduced risk of heart disease, diabetes, cancer and other chronic illnesses. • Promotes a healthier spine and joints. • Prevention of muscle inactivity. • Aids in the relief of muscular pain. • Increases lifespan.
Fraction Sit - StandIncrease focus, alertness and activity levels with this fantastic new product. The Fraction Sit - Stand Desk represents performance, design, value and it is made to the highest standards.
Standing up whilst working is not only known to inspire creativity but also improve posture and circulation.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Height Adjustable Desk SystemCodes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFSS1208 1200 x 710/1210 x 800 957
ZFSS1608 1600 x 710/1210 x 800 976
0 4 2
Controlcan be left
or righthanded
Increasefocus, alertness
and activitylevels
OptionCable Tray 33
“L” Shaped available on request.
120kg weight tolerance on frame.
£
42-43 Fraction Sit Stand - I Frame Electric (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:17
For cable riser see page 46
Right hand shown
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.
Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
For Veneer prices contact our
sales office for information.
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S
O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
‘I’ Frame Electronic Height AdjustableDesks can be adjusted using electronic keypad. 3 settings, memory function and store. Illuminated LED display for height indication.
desking, storage and screens
Rectangular Height Adjustable Desk System
Wave Electronic Sit & Stand Desk
Codes W x H x D (mm) MFC £
OR12 EHA 1200 x 630-1310 x 800 1343
OR14 EHA 1400 x 630-1310 x 800 1351
OR16 EHA 1600 x 630-1310 x 800 1358
OR18 EHA 1800 x 630-1310 x 800 1375
Codes W x H x D (mm) MFC £
Right Hand
OW12 RH EHA 1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1423
OW14 RH EHA 1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1441
OW16 RH EHA 1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1460
OW18 RH EHA 1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1483
Left Hand
OW12 LH EHA 1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1423
OW14 LH EHA 1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1441
OW16 LH EHA 1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1460
OW18 LH EHA 1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1483
Note: Electronic Sit & Stand desks only compatible with MPF & MP3 pedestals which will protrude 140mm.
Electrickeypad
adjustment
0 4 3
Grey
G/S
Walnut
W/S
42-43 Fraction Sit Stand - I Frame Electric (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:17
Encourage a healthy way of working and
living
Improveyour
posture
MFC Colours Frame colour is silver as standard. Add 5% for black or white frames.
Silver
S/S
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
Progress Sit - StandHealth Benefit of Progress Sit - Stand Workstations. New guidance by Public Health England (PHE) shows that you can reduce the risks of heart attacks, cancer and diabetes by spending at least 2 hours a day on your feet. The study shows that prolonged sitting may “significantly and independently increase the risk of cardiometabolic disease and premature mortality”. The research is the first ever to be published in the UK and it is designed to curb the health risks of too much sitting down. Upgrade your work spaces using the Progress Sit - Stand and encourage a healthy way of living and working.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days for MFC and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Workstation
Double Bench Rectangular Gas Strut Workstation
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
PR14/8/HA Gas Strut 1400 x 685-1185 x 800 893
PR16/8/HA Gas Strut 1600 x 685-1185 x 800 913
PR18/8/HA Gas Strut 1800 x 685-1185 x 800 933
PR14/8/EHA Electric 1400 x 685-1185 x 800 1473
PR16/8/EHA Electric 1600 x 685-1185 x 800 1490
PR18/8/EHA Electric 1800 x 685-1185 x 800 1507
PR14/8 Fixed 1400 x 725 x 800 594
PR16/8 Fixed 1600 x 725 x 800 618
PR18/8 Fixed 1800 x 725 x 800 641
Gas Strut height adjustment via release lever. Electric height adjustment via
included with electric workstation. Includes horizontal cable tray. Sliding
desk top. Please suffix above Gas Strut codes with relevant Gas Strut option
as shown on page 46. i.e. PR16/8/HA/A/D. 1 gas strut option for each side
of bench. The location of the operating paddle is on the left for Gas Strut
and on the right for Electric. For alternative positioning please contact sales.
0 4 4
PRICES REDUCEDFOR 2017
PRICES REDUCEDFOR 2017
44-45 Progress Desk Units - How to Specify (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:18
How to Calculate Loading Weights:
To find the optimum gas strut for both the Rectangular and Double Bench you will need to identify the weights to be loaded onto each individual desk top or suspended from its subframe. No doubt there will be other items you wish to be loaded onto the desk top or suspended from the underframe.
For Example:
Desk top monitor, keyboard, mouse, CPU tower, laptop, printer, speakers, telephone, accessories, power module, lighting, etc.
Once the total weight is known you can specify the Gas Strut required from the options A-G below. The letter must be suffixed to the desk code you require.
A Sit - Stand Desk with the correct loading weight for the specified Gas Strut will operate at its optimum level as illustrated below.
Desk: 1600mm Double Bench1st Desk Total Weight: 14KG1st Gas Strut: C2nd Desk Total Weight: 27KG2nd Gas Strut: FCode: PR16/16/HA/C/F
3-6 kg 2-3 kg 2kg6-7kg 3-4kg3.4kg6-7kg
Average Single Desk Screen Weight Modesty Panel Monitor Laptop TelephoneCPU Holder TFT Screen Monitor Arm
Examples of typical weights:
Difference Gas Strut Loading
Average Guide Weights Only. (Please weigh your desk items).
Desk: 1400mm Single DeskDesk Total Weight: 4KGGas Strut: A
Code: PR14/8/HA/A
How to Specify: The gas strut mechanism allows for ‘instant’ adjustment to your desired working height, however for optimum performance of Progress Gas Strut Height Adjustable Sit - Stand Desks it is essential to firstly identify the proposed loading for each desk top. Failure to identify the optimum loading will result in the gas strut providing insufficient or excessive force. See illustration below. However we are happy to visit your workplace and assist you to specify this range correctly. Please contact our office to arrange.
Electric motor height adjustment is also available. These workstations operate more slowly but do not require a weight calculation as they do not use gas struts to operate.
Progress Sit - Standdesking, storage and screens
0 4 5
Correct Weight Loading
44-45 Progress Desk Units - How to Specify (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:18
Progress Sit - Stand Accessories desking, storage and screens
Slinky Cable Riser
TFT Screen Monitor Arm
Modesty Panel
Single Decorative Slab End
Double Bench Cable Tray Progress Cable Riser
Double Bench Linking Plate
Double Decorative Slab End
CUP PC Tower Holder
Codes £
SCR/B Black 68
SCR/W White 68
SCR/S Silver 68
Code W x H (mm) Weight (kg) £
PRMP14 1100 x 280 5.2 124
PRMP16 1300 x 280 6.1 127
PRMP18 1500 x 280 7.0 129
Steel modesty panel shown in red.
Supplied in silver.
Code Trim Colour Weight (kg) £
2LM2CS/TFC Silver 3.4 259
2LM2CW/TFC White 3.4 259
Top fixing clamp.
Code W x H (mm) Weight (kg) £
PCPUW 76-254 x 305-508 3.4 230
PCPU 76-254 x 305-508 3.4 230
Adjustable and rotates 360 degrees for access.
Code W x H (mm) Weight (kg) £
PFP 1100 x 280 5.2 43
Shown in red. Required with run of double
benches only. Ensures consistent fixed gap
between worksurfaces of 25mm.
Code W x H x D MFC£
PSDSE 800 x 600 x 97 258
For use on one end of workstation.
For use on both ends, please specify 2 x PSDSE.
Code W x H x D £
PRCT14 1190 x 200 123
PRCT16 1390 x 200 135
PRCT18 1590 x 200 145
Cable Tray shown in red. Supplied in silver.
Code W x H x D £
PCR/S 1190 x 200 65
PCR/W 1390 x 200 65
PCR/B 1590 x 200 65
Connects to the right or left of the workstation/ cable tray. Shown in red. Available in Silver (PCR/S), White (PCR/W) & Black (PCR/B). Only compatible with Progress Benches with double bench cable tray. (PRCT)
Code W x H x D MFC£
PDDSE 1627 x 600 x 97 430
For use on one end of workstation.
For use on both ends, please specify 2 x PDDSE.
Please note. If ordering for use with PRCT please
specify suffix /X
0 4 6
White PCPUW
Black PCPU
Polished Aluminium
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Progress Sit - Stand ScreensScreens Single workstation screens fix to the back edge of the work-surface. The screen height will raise and fall as the workstation is adjusted. Screens are available in MFC colour options to compliment or contrast the work-surface. Coloured acrylics and fabrics are also available for screen panels. Double bench screens remain fixed as the work station rises and falls.
desking, storage and screens
Fabric System Screen
Acrylic System Screen With Management Rail
Acrylic System Screen Progress Only
Acrylic System Screen
MFC System Screen With Management Rail
Fabric System Screen Progress Only
Code W x H x D Weight (kg) £
ESS14MF 1373 x 375 x 27 5.8 358
ESS16MF 1573 x 375 x 27 7.0 405
ESS18MF 1773 x 375 x 27 8.2 438
Fully upholstered pinnable surface with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D Weight (kg) £
ESS14MFC 1373 x 375 x 27 9.0 256
ESS16MFC 1573 x 375 x 27 10.2 275
ESS18MFC 1773 x 375 x 27 11.4 300
MFC screen panel with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D Weight (kg) £
ESS14A 1373 x 375 x 27 2.6 282
ESS16A 1573 x 375 x 27 3.8 302
ESS18A 1773 x 375 x 27 5.0 331
Full acrylic screen with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D Weight (kg) £
ESS14M/MFC 1373 x 375 x 27 8.6 348
ESS16M/MFC 1573 x 375 x 27 9.8 368
ESS18M/MFC 1773 x 375 x 27 11.0 398
MFC screen panel with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D Weight (kg) £
ESS14F 1373 x 375 x 27 5.4 282
ESS16F 1573 x 375 x 27 6.6 302
ESS18F 1773 x 375 x 27 7.8 331
Fully upholstered pinnable surface with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D Weight (kg) £
ESS14MA 1373 x 375 x 27 3.0 358
ESS16MA 1573 x 375 x 27 4.2 405
ESS18MA 1773 x 375 x 27 5.4 438
Full acrylic screen with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D £
PSS14A 1253 x 600 x 27 392
PSS16A 1453 x 600 x 27 414
PSS18A 1653 x 600 x 27 443
Full acrylic screen with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D £
PSS14MFC 1253 x 600 x 27 365
PSS16MFC 1453 x 600 x 27 386
PSS18MFC 1653 x 600 x 27 412
MFC screen panel with aluminium trim
Code W x H x D £
PSS14F 1253 x 600 x 27 392
PSS16F 1453 x 600 x 27 414
PSS18F 1653 x 600 x 27 443
Fully upholstered pinnable surface with aluminium trim
0 4 7
Fabric System Screen With Management Rail
MFC System Screen
MFC System Screen Progress Only
Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Product Code: L18/16 Double Bench. Remove end leg frame (illustrated red) from Double Bench
Product Code: L18/16INT Add a double bench shared insert leg
Product Code: L18/16 & L18/16INT Re-attach the leg frame from the Double Bench to the Double Bench Shared Leg Desk
Finished Result. Typical 4 workstation layout
Linnea Bench
0 5 0
Linnea provides space for multiple users working as a team or individually.
The frame structure is strong, easy to assemble and reconfigure. Linnea has been engineered to allow leg sharing to reduce costs and maximise space. Dividing screens can also be included and are available in several styles.
Stage 1 example Stage 2 example
Stage 3 example Stage 4
50-51 Linnea Bench (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:20
Rectangular Workstation
Double Bench
Angular Workstation - Right & Left HandRectangular Workstation
Double Bench
Code W x H x D MFC £
LR10/8 1000x725x800 483
LR12/8 1200x725x800 494
LR14/8 1400x725x800 503
LR16/8 1600x725x800 515
LR18/8 1800x725x800 524
LR20/8 2000x725x800 533
Code W x H x D MFC £
L10/12 1000x725x1200 842
L12/12 1200x725x1200 865
L14/12 1400x725x1200 896
L16/12 1600x725x1200 925
L18/12 1800x725x1200 953
L20/12 2000x725x1200 980
L10/16 1000x725x1600 897
L12/16 1200x725x1600 924
L14/16 1400x725x1600 953
L16/16 1600x725x1600 982
L18/16 1800x725x1600 1008
L20/16 2000x725x1600 1039
Code W x H x D MFC £
L14/8/6RH 1400x725x800-600 541
L16/8/6RH 1600x725x800-600 548
L18/8/6RH 1800x725x800-600 559
L20/8/6RH 2000x725x800-600 571
L14/8/6LH 1400x725x800-600 541
L16/8/6LH 1600x725x800-600 548
L18/8/6LH 1800x725x800-600 559
L20/8/6LH 2000x725x800-600 571
Code W x H x D MFC £
LR10/8/INT 1000x725x800 483
LR12/8/INT 1200x725x800 494
LR14/8/INT 1400x725x800 503
LR16/8/INT 1600x725x800 515
LR18/8/INT 1800x725x800 524
LR20/8/INT 2000x725x800 533
Code W x H x D MFC £
L10/12/INT 1000x725x1200 806
L12/12/INT 1200x725x1200 830
L14/12/INT 1400x725x1200 860
L16/12/INT 1600x725x1200 890
L18/12/INT 1800x725x1200 918
L20/12/INT 2000x725x1200 945
L10/16/INT 1000x725x1600 861
L12/16/INT 1200x725x1600 889
L14/16/INT 1400x725x1600 916
L16/16/INT 1600x725x1600 943
L18/16/INT 1800x725x1600 972
L20/16/INT 2000x725x1600 1001
Shared Inset Leg
Add on desk
Add on desk
Starter desk
Starter desk
Complete with
central cable tray
and sliding top.
Complete with central
cable tray and sliding top.
Shared Inset Leg
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
MFC Colours
Silver
S/S
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
Linnea Bench desking, storage and screens
0 5 2
Meeting Table - 800 Depth
Boardroom/ Conference Table
Straight Extensions
Meeting Table - 1600 Depth
Straight Extensions
Curved Extensions
Meeting Table - 1000 Depth
Boardroom/ Conference Table
Curved Extensions
Code W x H x D MFC £
LMT10/8 1000x725x800 483
LMT12/8 1200x725x800 494
LMT14/8 1400x725x800 503
LMT16/8 1600x725x800 515
LMT18/8 1800x725x800 524
LMT20/8 2000x725x800 533
Code W x H x D MFC £
LCONF34 3400x725x1200 1660
Supplied in 2x 1700mm sections. Shared centre leg frame.
Code W x H x D MFC £
LSME12/5 1200x725x500 486
LSME16/6 1600x725x650 503
For use without screen
Code W x H x D MFC £
LMT16/16 1600x725x160 722
LMT18/16 1800x725x1600 757
LMT20/16 2000x725x1600 794
Code W x H x D MFC £
LSME12/5/S 1227x725x500 486
LSME16/6/S 1627x725x650 503
For use with screen
Code W x H x D MFC £
LCME12/5 1200x725x500 486
LCME16/6 1600x725x650 503
For use without screen
Code W x H x D MFC £
LMT12/10 1200x725x1000 504
LMT14/10 1400x725x1000 515
LMT16/10 1600x725x1000 523
LMT18/10 1800x725x1000 531
LMT20/10 2000x725x1000 544
Code W x H x D MFC £
LCONF24 2400x725x1200 1156
Code W x H x D MFC £
LCME12/5/S 1227x725x500 486
LCME16/6/S 1627x725x650 503
For use with screen
Delivery &installationincluded
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
52-53 Linnea Bench 2 (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:21
StorageFor complimentary storage see pages 58-61.
Acrylic Finishes. Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia
OrangeBlue RedGreen White Clear
W CRG OB
5year
guarantee
Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details.
Please note: When fixing screens to - a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard. Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.
Single channel cable risers (2 pack)
Fabric System Screen
Acrylic System - With Management Rail
Modesty Panels
Cable Riser
Cable Trays
Acrylic System ScreenFabric System - Screen with Management Rail
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10F 973 x 375 x 27 242
ELSS12F 1173 x 375 x 27 257
ELSS14F 1373 x 375 x 27 282
ELSS16F 1573 x 375 x 27 302
ELSS18F 1773 x 375 x 27 331
ELSS20F 1973 x 375 x 27 348
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with
aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10MA 973 x 375 x 27 302
ELSS12MA 1173 x 375 x 27 333
ELSS14MA 1373 x 375 x 27 358
ELSS16MA 1573 x 375 x 27 406
ELSS18MA 1773 x 375 x 27 438
ELSS20MA 1973 x 375 x 27 468
Acrylic screen with management rail and
aluminium trim. Acrylic finishes below.
Code W x H £
LRMP10 760 x 275 122
LRMP12 960 x 275 126
LRMP14 1160 x 275 129
LRMP16 1360 x 275 132
LRMP18 1560 x 275 136
LRMP20 1760 x 275 140
Code £
LLCR 35
Code W x H x D £
LRCT10 470 x 75 x 222 63
LRCT12 670 x 75 x 222 75
LRCT14 870 x 75 x 222 84
LRCT16 1070 x 75 x 222 97
LRCT18 1270 x 75 x 222 110
LRCT20 1470 x 75 x 222 122
Note: Cable Trays for Rectangular & Angular
Workstations and Secretarial Returns will only accept 2
Gang Sockets. Cable Trays can be accessed either sides
of Linnea desking via the easy slot and hook design.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10MF 973 x 375 x 27 302
ELSS12MF 1173 x 375 x 27 333
ELSS14MF 1373 x 375 x 27 358
ELSS16MF 1573 x 375 x 27 406
ELSS18MF 1773 x 375 x 27 438
ELSS20MF 1973 x 375 x 27 468
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management
rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10A 973 x 375 x 27 242
ELSS12A 1173 x 375 x 27 257
ELSS14A 1373 x 375 x 27 282
ELSS16A 1573 x 375 x 27 302
ELSS18A 1773 x 375 x 27 331
ELSS20A 1973 x 375 x 27 348
Acrylic screen with aluminium trim.
With acrylic finishes below.
Linnea Screens
Linnea Accessories
desking, storage and screens
0 5 3
Metalwork Frame Colours
Anodised
AF
Black
BF
+5%
White
WF
+5%
52-53 Linnea Bench 2 (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:21
Rectangular workstations offer a traditional workspace available in several widths and two depth options, 800d & 600d.
Meeting Extensions are compatible with Double Bench Workstations. There are two widths available when specifying on Double Benches with screens and without screens. The meeting extension is supported by brackets to ensure maximum strength and stability without the use of a visible support leg.
Double Bench workstations offer clean lines and symmetry with the use of vertical leg frame uprights. Double modules share components reducing the number of legs required. This also increases the movement for the user under the workstations via a recessed shared leg frame between adjoining modules. Optional horizontal and vertical wire management is available and a choice of screen panels. Matrix Bench is available in three paint finishes for the desk metalwork and system screen trim, Silver RAL9006 is standard and White RAL9003 & Black RAL9005 are an optional extra.
Complimentary conference and meeting tables form part of the portfolio.
MFC Colours
5year
guarantee
Ash Autumn CherryBeech OakSilver White Walnut Wenge
A/S C/SB/S O/SS/S WH/S W/S WE/S
Matrix Bench desking, storage and screens
0 5 4
Delivery &installationincluded
54-55 Matrix Bench (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:22
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Not including horizontal cable tray.
Not including horizontal cable tray.
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Matrix Benchdesking, storage and screens
0 5 5
Rectangular Workstation
Double Bench
Angular WorkstationRectangular Workstation - Shared Leg
Double Bench - Shared Inset Leg
Code W x H x D £
MR10/8 1000 x 725 x 800 423
MR12/8 1200 x 725 x 800 430
MR14/8 1400 x 725 x 800 435
MR16/8 1600 x 725 x 800 441
MR18/8 1800 x 725 x 800 446
MR20/8 2000 x 725 x 800 454
Code W x H x D £
M10/12 1000 x 725 x 1200 599
M12/12 1200 x 725 x 1200 606
M14/12 1400 x 725 x 1200 611
M16/12 1600 x 725 x 1200 617
M18/12 1800 x 725 x 1200 630
M20/12 2000 x 725 x 1200 640
M10/16 1000 x 725 x 1600 630
M12/16 1200 x 725 x 1600 635
M14/16 1400 x 725 x 1600 641
M16/16 1600 x 725 x 1600 646
M18/16 1800 x 725 x 1600 658
M20/16 2000 x 725 x 1600 670
Code W x H x D £
MR10/8/INT 1000 x 725 x 800 394
MR12/8/INT 1200 x 725 x 800 399
MR14/8/INT 1400 x 725 x 800 407
MR16/8/INT 1600 x 725 x 800 412
MR18/8/INT 1800 x 725 x 800 418
MR20/8/INT 2000 x 725 x 800 423
Code W x H x D £
M10/12/INT 1000 x 725 x 1200 570
M12/12/INT 1200 x 725 x 1200 575
M14/12/INT 1400 x 725 x 1200 583
M16/12/INT 1600 x 725 x 1200 588
M18/12/INT 1800 x 725 x 1200 594
M20/12/INT 2000 x 725 x 1200 610
M10/16/INT 1000 x 725 x 1600 599
M12/16/INT 1200 x 725 x 1600 606
M14/16/INT 1400 x 725 x 1600 611
M16/16/INT 1600 x 725 x 1600 617
M18/16/INT 1800 x 725 x 1600 630
M20/16/INT 2000 x 725 x 1600 640
Code W x H x D £
Right Hand
M16/10/8RH 1600 x 725 x 1000-800 468
M18/10/8RH 1800 x 725 x 1000-800 479
Left Hand
M16/10/8LH 1600 x 725 x 1000-800 468
M18/10/8LH 1800 x 725 x 1000-800 479
See colours available on
opposite page
StorageFor complimentary storage see pages 58-61.
54-55 Matrix Bench (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:22
Single channel Cable Riser
Illustrated in red.
MFC Colours
Silver
S/S
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
5year
guarantee
For Single & Double Bench Desks. Illustrated in red. 2
recommended for Double Bench Workstations.
Matrix Bench desking, storage and screens
0 5 6 Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Straight Meeting Extension
Bench Cable Trays
Bench Cable Risers - 2 per pack
Meeting Table
Conference Table - 25mm Fixed Top
Straight Meeting Extension
MFC Modesty Panels
Meeting Table - 25mm Fixed Top
Code W x H x D £
MSME12/5 1200 x 725 x 500 377
MSME16/6 1600 x 725 x 650 394
For use with Double Bench Desking
without Dividing Screens.
Code W x H x D £
MA2 (1m Desk) 600x100x110 37
MA3 (1.2m Desk) 800x100x110 40
MA5 (1.4m Desk) 1000x100x110 43
MA7 (1.6m Desk) 1200x100x110 45
MA9 (1.8m Desk) 1400x100x110 53
MA10 (2m Desk) 1600x100x110 58
Code W x H x D £
MRMP10 700 x 300 82
MRMP12 900 x 300 85
MRMP14 1100 x 300 88
MRMP16 1300 x 300 92
MRMP18 1500 x 300 94
MRMP20 1700 x 300 97
Code W x H x D £
MMT16/16 1600 x 725 x 1600 666
MMT18/16 1800 x 725 x 1600 677
MMT20/16 2000 x 725 x 1600 690
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black
frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Code W x H x D £
MMT12/10 1200 x 725 x 1000 451
MMT14/10 1400 x 725 x 1000 457
MMT16/10 1600 x 725 x 1000 462
MMT18/10 1800 x 725 x 1000 468
MMT20/10 2000 x 725 x 1000 473
Available with 1000mm depth. 25mm Fixed Top.
Code W x H x D £
MCONF34 3400 x 725 x 1200 1330
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections. Shared
centre leg frame. Seats up to 10 people.
Code W x H x D £
MSME12/5/S 1227 x 725 x 500 377
MSME16/6/S 1627 x 725 x 650 394
For use with Double Bench Desking
with Dividing Screens.
Code W x H x D £
MLCR 575 x 50 x 50 32
Single channel Cable Riser (2 per pack).
56-57 Matrix Bench (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:23
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Contract Screen. Unframed.
Contract Screen. Unframed.
Acrylic Finishes
OrangeBlue RedGreen White Clear
W CRG OB
5year
guarantee
Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to -
a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.
Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia
Matrix Screensdesking, storage and screens
0 5 7
Fabric System Screen
Acrylic System - Screen with Management Rail
Acrylic System Screen
Double Workstation Screen - Fabric
Fabric System - Screen with Management Rail
Single Workstation Screen - Fabric
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10F 973 x 375 x 27 242
ELSS12F 1173 x 375 x 27 257
ELSS14F 1373 x 375 x 27 282
ELSS16F 1573 x 375 x 27 303
ELSS18F 1773 x 375 x 27 331
ELSS20F 1973 x 375 x 27 348
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with
aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10MA 973 x 375 x 27 303
ELSS12MA 1173 x 375 x 27 333
ELSS14MA 1373 x 375 x 27 358
ELSS16MA 1573 x 375 x 27 406
ELSS18MA 1773 x 375 x 27 438
ELSS20MA 1973 x 375 x 27 468
Acrylic screen with management rail and
aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10MF 973 x 375 x 27 303
ELSS12MF 1173 x 375 x 27 333
ELSS14MF 1373 x 375 x 27 358
ELSS16MF 1573 x 375 x 27 406
ELSS18MF 1773 x 375 x 27 438
ELSS20MF 1973 x 375 x 27 468
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management
rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Code W x H x D £
ECS10F/X 970 x 375 x 27 175
ECS12F/X 1170 x 375 x 27 185
ECS14F/X 1370 x 375 x 27 195
ECS16F/X 1570 x 375 x 27 204
ECS18F/X 1770 x 375 x 27 212
ECS20F/X 1970 x 375 x 27 221
Contract fully upholstered screen.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10A 973 x 350 x 27 242
ELSS12A 1173 x 375 x 27 257
ELSS14A 1373 x 375 x 27 282
ELSS16A 1573 x 375 x 27 303
ELSS18A 1773 x 375 x 27 331
ELSS20A 1973 x 375 x 27 348
Acrylic screen with aluminium trim. With acrylic
finishes below.
Code W x H x D £
ECS10F/M 970 x 375 x 27 175
ECS12F/M 1170 x 375 x 27 185
ECS14F/M 1370 x 375 x 27 195
ECS16F/M 1570 x 375 x 27 204
ECS18F/M 1770 x 375 x 27 212
ECS20F/M 1970 x 375 x 27 221
Contract fully upholstered screen.
Metalwork Frame Colour
Silver
SF
Black
BF
+5%
White
WF
+5%
56-57 Matrix Bench (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:23
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain
exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut Wenge Autmn Cherry
Ash Oak
White
A/SV
Light Grey
LG/S
O/SV
WH/S WE/S
Oak
O/S
C/SW/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
With Seat Pad With Seat Pad
Bench Mobile Units desking, storage and screens
0 5 8
For other storage options see
pages 60-61
Double Sided Desk High Mobile Unit
Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
Single Sided Desk High Mobile Unit
Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
Code W x H x D MFC £
DHSU 1000 x 725 x 600 528
Code W x H x D MFC £
DLSU/SP 1000 x 690 x 600 620
Code W x H x D MFC £
DLSU 1000 x 630 x 600 504
Code W x H x D MFC £
SLSU/SP 1000 x 690 x 400 549
Code W x H x D MFC £
SHSU 1000 x 725 x 400 457
Code W x H x D MFC £
SLSU 1000 x 630 x 400 434
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
58-59 Linnea Bench (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:24
Codes W x H x D MFC £
2 Drawer
MPP2D LH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 732
MPP2D RH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 732
3 Drawer
MPP3D LH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 732
MPP3D RH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 732
5year
guarantee
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash
A/SV
Light Grey
LG/S
Oak
O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
Left hand shownLeft hand shown
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Bench Mobile Unitsdesking, storage and screens
0 5 9
Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit with Seat PadSingle Sided Mobile Under Desk UnitCodes W x H x D MFC £
2 Drawer
MPP2D LH 1000 x 570 x 600 617
MPP2D RH 1000 x 570 x 600 617
3 Drawer
MPP3D LH 1000 x 570 x 600 617
MPP3D RH 1000 x 570 x 600 617
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
Grey
G/S
58-59 Linnea Bench (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:24
Steel pedestals delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Wooden & System Drawers delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for
MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
630 high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
630 high pedestal, 4 drawers
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Light Grey
LG/S
O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
Steel Pedestal Colours
8year
guarantee
Silver White
SIL WHT
Bench Pedestals desking, storage and screens
0 6 0
High Mobile Pedestal
Narrow Mobile Pedestal
Steel Pedestal 3 Drawer
Low Mobile Pedestals
Narrow Steel Pedestal 3 Drawer
High Mobile Pedestal
Mobile Tambour Filing Pedestal
Code W x H x D MFC £
DMPF - Wooden Drawer 420x630x600 300
SDMPF - System Drawer 420x630x600 355
Code W x H x D MFC £
DMPF/N - 3 Drawer 300x630x600 284
Code W x H x D MFC £
DMP4 - Wooden Drawer 420x630x600 300
SDMP4 - System Drawer 420x630x600 355
Code W x H x D MFC £
MTFP 420x595x600 508
Tambour compartment & filing drawer. Filing
drawer will accommodate A4 & foolscap filing.
Code W x H x D £
DMSF/N/F Silver 310 x 570 x 545 280
DMSF/N/FW White 310 x 570 x 545 280
Complete with pen tray.
Flat front drawer profile.
Code W x H x D £
DMSF/F Silver 310 x 570 x 545 290
DMSF/FW White 310 x 570 x 545 290
Complete with pen tray. Flat front drawer profile.
Code W x H x D MFC £
MPF - 2 Drawer 420x460x600 236
MP3 - 3 Drawer 420x460x600 236
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Right hand shown
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
5year
guarantee
Optima PlusOptima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
0 6 2
Cablemanagementincluded in
leg
For matchingstorage
see pages 60-61
Rectangular Workstation
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation
Single Wave WorkstationCore Workstation
Double Wave Workstation
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPR10 1000x725x800 385
OPR12 1200x725x800 399
OPR14 1400x725x800 413
OPR16 1600x725x800 424
OPR18 1800x725x800 442
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPDW16/9 1600 x 725 x 900 526
OPDW18/9 1800 x 725 x 900 546
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPC14LH 1400x725 x 1200 609
OPC16LH 1600x725 x 1200 628
OPC18LH 1800x725 x 1200 655
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPC14RH 1400x725x1200 609
OPC16RH 1600x725x1200 628
OPC18RH 1800x725x1200 655
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPW12LH 1200x725x800-1000 474
OPW14LH 1400x725x800-1000 497
OPW16LH 1600x725x800-1000 514
OPW18LH 1800x725x800-1000 530
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPW12RH 1200x725x800-1000 474
OPW14RH 1400x725x800-1000 497
OPW16RH 1600x725x800-1000 514
OPW18RH 1800x725x800-1000 530
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPCB18LH 1800x725x1300 825
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPCB18RH 1800x725x1300 825
Grey
G/S
Metalwork Frame Colour
Silver
SF
Black
BF
+5%
White
WF
+5%
62-63 Optima Plus Fixed Height (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:26
0 6 3
Delivery &installationincluded
62-63 Optima Plus Fixed Height (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:26
* 120mm dia legs 685mm dia bases. Seating up to 8 people
* “I” Frame leg. Modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people
“I” Frame leg. Modesty panel.
Seating up to 10 people
Walnut
W/S
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Optima PlusOptima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
64-65 Optima Plus (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:30
Right hand illustrated
5year
guarantee
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut Walnut
BeechAsh
Wenge
Oak Autmn Cherry
Ash
Silver
OakWhite
A/SV
S/S
O/SVWH/S WE/S
O/S C/S
W/S W/S
B/SA/S
Right hand illustrated
Right hand illustrated
Optima Plus Height AdjustableOptima Plus Height Adjustable is well suited to most applications. The desk can be heightened using a push in - pull out rotating handle, ideal for wheelchair users.
desking, storage and screens
0 6 5
Code W x H x D MFC £
800mm Ends
OPR8 HA 800 x 650 - 850 x 800 780
OPR10 HA 1000 x 650 - 850 x 800 816
OPR12 HA 1200 x 650 - 850 x 800 833
OPR14 HA 1400 x 650 - 850 x 800 851
OPR16 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 800 861
OPR18 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 800 884
Code W x H x D MFC £
1000mm - 800mm Table Depth
OPW12 LH HA 1200x650-850x1000-800 918
OPW14 LH HA 1400x650-850x1000-800 941
OPW16 LH HA 1600x650-850x1000-800 961
OPW18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1000-800 982
OPW12 RH HA 1200x650-850x1000-800 918
OPW14 RH HA 1400x650-850x1000-800 941
OPW16 RH HA 1600x650-850x1000-800 961
OPW18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1000-800 982
Code W x H x D MFC £
800mm Ends
OPRB16 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 900 1053
OPRB18 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 900 1074
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPC14 LH HA 1400x650-850x1200 1189
OPC16 LH HA 1600x650-850x1200 1210
OPC18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1200 1239
OPC14 RH HA 1400x650-850x1200 1189
OPC16 RH HA 1600x650-850x1200 1210
OPC18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1200 1239
Code W x H x D MFC £
OPCB18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1300 1430
OPCB18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1300 1430
Bow Fronted Rectangular Workstation
Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Rectangular Workstation
Single Wave Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Crankhandle
adjustment
Delivery &installationincluded
For Veneer prices contact our sales office for information.
Grey
G/S
Metalwork Frame Colours
Silver
SF
Black
BF
+5%
White
WF
+5%
64-65 Optima Plus (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:30
MFC Colours
WalnutBeechAsh WengeOak
Autmn Cherry
Silver
White
S/S
WH/S
WE/SO/S
C/S
W/SB/SA/S
Call CentreCreate the perfect communal office environment with our Call Centre range of desking systems. With the physical surroundings of an office environment proven to influence motivation and productivity, ensure your communal workstations are creative yet functional to get the best out of your employees. Multiple call centre configurations possible.
desking, storage and screens
0 6 6 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
4 Person Call Centre
3 Person Call Centre
5 Person Call Centre
4 Person Call Centre
6 Person Call Centre
3 Drawer Pedestal
8 Person Call Centre
4 Drawer Pedestal
Open Fronted Pedestal
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
4CC 2700 x 725 x 2710 2100
Each workspace segment measures
1920mm wide x 796mm deep
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
3CCH 2920 x 725 x 1330 1953
This model will only accept 2 call
centre pedestals. Designed to be
placed against a wall. Each
workspace segment measures
1460mm wide x 950mm deep.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
5CC 2720 x 725 x 2625 2455
Each workspace segment measures
1655mm wide x 860mm deep
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
4CCH 3135 x 725 x 1568 2337
This model will only accept 3 call
centre pedestals. Designed to be
placed against a wall. Each
workspace segment measures
1200mm wide x 1020mm deep.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
6CC 2920 x 725 x 2660 2883
Each workspace segment measures
1460mm wide x 950mm deep
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
CCMPF 300 x 630 x 600 234
2 single drawers, 1 filing drawer.
Lockable.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
8CC 3135 x 725 x 3135 3628
Each workspace segment measures
1200mm wide x 1020mm deep
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
CCMP4 300 x 630 x 600 284
4 single drawers.
Lockable.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £
CCMPO 300 x 630 x 600 284
For PC Tower Storage.
New for 2017
Metalwork Frame Colours
Silver
SF
Black
BF
+5%
White
WF
+5%
Grey
G/S
5year
guarantee
66-67 Call Centre (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:31
Call Centredesking, storage and screens
0 6 7
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Power Module Fixing Plate 2 Gang Socket Box 3 Gang Socket Box
Call Centre Contract Screen Call Centre Acoustic ScreenCall Centre Contract Screen Call Centre Acoustic Screen
600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
800 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
Tambour compartment & filing drawer
Steel pedestals delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Wooden & System Drawers delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days and
fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
630 high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
630 high pedestal, 4 drawers
MFC Colours
Silver
S/S
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
5year
guarantee
8year
guarantee
Steel Pedestal Colours
SIL WHT
Pedestals desking, storage and screens
0 6 8
High Mobile Pedestal
Narrow Steel Pedestal 3 Drawer
Steel Pedestal 3 Drawer
Desk High Pedestal
High Mobile Pedestal
Mobile Tambour Filing Pedestal
Low Mobile Pedestals
Narrow Mobile Pedestal
Desk High PedestalCode WxHxD MFC £
DMPF - Wooden Drawer 420x630x600 300
SDMPF - System Drawer 420x630x600 355
Code WxHxD MFC £
DHPF/8 Wooden Drawer 420x725x800 414
SDHPF/8 System Drawer 420x725x800 468
Code WxHxD MFC £
DMP4 - Wooden Drawer 420x630x600 300
SDMP4 - System Drawer 420x630x600 355
Code WxHxD MFC £
MTFP 420x595x600 508
Filing drawer will accommodate A4 &
foolscap filing.
Code WxHxD MFC £
MPF - 2 Drawer 420x460x600 236
MP3 - 3 Drawer 420x460x600 236
Code WxHxD MFC £
DMPF/N - 3 Drawer 300x630x600 284
Code WxHxD MFC £
DHPF - Wooden Drawer 420x725x600 328
SDHPF - System Drawer 420x725x600 384
Code W x H x D £
DMSF/N/F Silver 310 x 570 x 545 280
DMSF/N/FW White 310 x 570 x 545 280
Complete with pen tray. Flat front drawer profile.
Code W x H x D £
DMSF/F Silver 310 x 570 x 545 290
DMSF/FW White 310 x 570 x 545 290
Complete with pen tray. Flat front drawer profile.
68-69 Pedestals - Cupboards and Filers (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 15:32
Cupboards and Filersdesking, storage and screens
0 6 9Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
System Storage Unit Skins are required for all accessories.
Double Door System Storage Unit
Internal Storage Accessories
Tambour Door System Storage UnitSide Filing Unit
Filing Cabinet
Wooden Storage Unit Shelf(Not compatible with System Storage Unit Skins)
68-69 Pedestals - Cupboards and Filers (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:32
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Top Colours Frame/Trim Colours
White Silver Ash Verade OakBeech WalnutLight Oak MapleApple WhiteGreyAutumn Cherry
Nebraska
RH illustrated (LH also available)
LH illustrated (RH also available)
LH illustrated (RH also available)
LH illustrated (RH also available)
LH illustrated (RH also available)
RH illustrated (LH also available)
H Type
800mm Deep 600mm Deep 600mm Deep
F TypeA Type
EclipseEclipse desking is an elegant and stylish post legged modular system providing the solution for individual desks or an entire office space. Designed with flexibility to allow cable management.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Eco18Attractive clean style with economy in mind. 25mm square leg frame and 18mm tops, complete with lockable drawers and available in three finishes from stock.
desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Desk - With Two & Three Draw Pedestals
Rectangular Desk - With Single Pedestal
Rectangular Desk - With Single Pedestal
0 7 4
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZECO15-2D3D 2 Drawer & 3 Drawer 1500 x 726 x 750 315
ZECO18-2D3D 2 Drawer & 3 Drawer 1800 x 726 x 750 326
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZECO1800-2D 2 Drawer 1800 x 726 x 750 252
ZECO1800-3D 3 Drawer 1800 x 726 x 750 252
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZECO1200-2D 2 Drawer 1200 x 726 x 750 222
ZECO1200-3D 3 Drawer 1200 x 726 x 750 222
ZECO1500-2D 2 Drawer 1500 x 726 x 750 241
ZECO1500-3D 3 Drawer 1500 x 726 x 750 241
Colours
WhiteOak Beech
WHT2year
guarantee
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
New for 2017
Forcomplimenting
storage see page 232
74-75 Eco18 (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 12:35
Eco18desking, storage and screens
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Premium Bookcase
Square Table Rectangular TableSemi Circular Table
Trapezoidal Table
Premium Cupboard - With Locking Doors
0 7 5
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZECOBC800 1 Shelf 750 x 800 x 400 121
ZECOBC1200 2 Shelves 750 x 1200 x 400 141
ZECOBC1600 3 Shelves 750 x 1600 x 400 170
ZECOBC2000 4 Shelves 750 x 2000 x 400 194
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ECO750ST 750 x 726 x 750 96
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ECO1200RT 1200 x 726 x 750 107
ECO1500RT 1500 x 726 x 750 119
ECO1800RT 1800 x 726 x 750 135
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ECOSEMIT 1500 x 726 x 750 217
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ECOTRAPT 1500 x 726 x 750 243
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZECODDC800 1 Shelf 750 x 800 x 400 202
ZECODDC1200 2 Shelves 750 x 1200 x 400 242
ZECODDC1600 3 Shelves 750 x 1600 x 400 291
ZECODDC2000 4 Shelves 750 x 2000 x 400 315
Colours
WhiteOak Beech
WHT
2year
guarantee
New for 2017
Sturdy,traditional &
practical
74-75 Eco18 (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 15:37
0 7 6
Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. The majority of chairs featured in this section can be upholstered in any fabric, see page 272 for further information.
When placing your order please refer to the swatches shown on the pages, and suffix the correct fabric code for example: BLK for Black = PSM1BLK (see example below).
Code Description
PSM1BLK High Back Operator Chair
Standard Tilt Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.
Permanent Contact Back
Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.
Independent Seat and Back
Independent seat and back tilt adjustment. Lockable in any position. Tilt can be adjusted to suit users weight. Gas seat height adjustment.
Asynchro Tilt Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Seat angle adjustable. Gas seat height adjustment. 2 lever mechanism.
Synchronised Tilt Synchronised seat and back tilt can be locked in any position for firm support. Tilt can be adjusted to suit the users weight.
Knee Tilt Under knee combined seat and back tilt. Torsion controlled and adjustable for weight with gas seat height adjustment.
Lock Tilt Adjustable torsion control and locking tilt mechanism. Gas seat height adjustment.
150kg max.weight tolerance
8recommendedhours usage
Amongst icons for delivery and guarantees, you’ll notice these two icons. The first denotes how many hours usage per day that particular chair is recommended for. This tends to come into question with the Operator and 24 hour chairs. The second dictates the tested weight tolerance of a chair, and it’s components.
Tilt Mechanism Lockable back angle adjustment. Anti-shock for seat back.
Mechanisms
Product Information
Fabric Information
Ordering Information
2017 Range Highlights
Whether your in need of an entry level office chair, something with a breathable mesh back or fully adjustable for day long comfort, or both! You will find a solution from the following section.
Seating
Zante - Page 107
Combining style with functionality, Zante offers a choice of versatile seating designed to enhance the modern working environment.
Ethos - Page 97
Very heavy duty, 24 hour with two back sizes the Ethos is ergonomically shaped and features an inflatable lumbar support.
Flexion - Page 92
A superb seating solution for a wide variety of applications. The deep fill, high density cut foam seat is extremely soft and comfortable.
Solar - Page 84
Solar is multi-function task seating at its very best. Solar offers comfort, style and maximum adjustability for any user. Solar is the ideal solution for all of your task chair requirements.
The Prism operator chair comes with a waterfall-front seat and is available with or without arms. This chair also features a contoured back rest and is offered from stock with a choice of fabric colours; black, blue, red and charcoal and three arm styles.
A range of tough wearing factory and office chairs that offer durability in the workplace, and height adjusting contoured back rests. Both chairs also have a seat height gas adjustment.
operator and task
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
High Back - Permanent Contact Back
Adjustable Workchair - With Castors Fixed Footrest Workchair - With Glides
ConceptBuilt from components at our UK manufacturing facility, we produce your order to your exact requirements. Any fabric, any colour, and any functionality, we can create them all.
PyramidA proven, affordable, mid level option with enduring popularity, the Pyramid has performed perfectly in thousands of environments. It is provided with gas height adjustment, hand wheel back height adjustment and durable moulded plastic back cover. The range is stocked in two attractive colours available in 10 working days with other colours made within 20 days.
operator and task
Mid Back Draughting Chair High Back Mid Back
0 8 1
Code £
PYR15 - Permanent Contact Back 211
PYR16 - Tilt Mechanism 218
Seat Width: 480 Seat Depth: 450
Seat Height (Min): 450 Seat Height (Max): 580
Back Height: 490
Code £
PYR25 - Permanent Contact Back 224
PYR26 - Tilt Mechanism 230
Seat Width: 480 Seat Depth: 450
Seat Height (Min): 450 Seat Height (Max): 580
Back Height: 590
Code £
ZPYR15PYRD - Permanent Contact Back 371
Seat Width: 480 Seat Depth: 450
Seat Height (Min): 580 Seat Height (Max): 830
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Shown with Fixed Arms
PYRLA PYRHA PYRB3
Upholstered in Omega Plus Swizzle
Prices shown are for Pyra fabrics, for other Band 1 fabrics including Advantage add 12%.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
TwoA chair to meet every office need, the traditionally designed Two stands for flexibility, quality & comfort, whilst not compromising the importance of good ergonomics. The Two chair has a height adjustable back, a back rake mechanism and 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
operator and task
Medium Back - With no arms Medium Back - With fixed arms
High Back - with fixed arms
High Back - with height adjustable arms
Medium Back - With height adjustable arms
High Back - with no arms
Options
0 8 2
Code £
TW01 156
Seat Width: 480 Seat Height: 450-570
Seat Depth: 430
Code £
TW02 191
Seat Width: 480 Seat Height: 450-570
Seat Depth: 430
Code £
TW05 204
Seat Width: 480 Seat Depth: 450-570
Seat Height: 430
Code £
TW06 232
Seat Width: 480 Seat Depth: 450-570
Seat Height: 430
Code £
TW03 220
Seat Width: 480 Seat Height: 450-570
Seat Depth: 430
Code £
TW04 170
Seat Width: 480 Seat Depth: 450-570
Seat Height: 430
Polished Base: C 44
Seat Slide SS 40
£
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
SSC
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee TTestingA fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
82-83 Two - Concept Mesh (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 15:04
Team Plus MeshThe Team Plus Mesh range of chairs are classic in their design. Using premium materials, CMHR foams and fabrics they feature a waterfall seat to help alleviate pressure on the thighs when seated.
operator and task
0 8 3Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
125kg max.weight tolerance
5year
component guarantee
SF1D PB
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
82-83 Two - Concept Mesh (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 15:04
SOL7MINFB Show with optional lumber pump
SolarSolar is multi-function task seating at its very best. Solar offers comfort, style and maximum adjustability for any user. Designed and developed to provide a multitude of functions maintaining style and quality, Solar is the ideal solution for all of your task chair requirements. Simple controls ensure the user can achieve a unique and personalised sitting position, therefore creating the most comfortable experience. Standard features include adjustable arms, seat slide, inflatable lumbar support plus synchronised seat and back movement.
operator and task
High Back Solar - Independent Mechanism with Black Base
High Back Solar - Synchro Mechanism with Black Base
Included Functions
0 8 4
Code Seat Inflatable Arms £
Slide Lumbar
SOL5MB No No No 226
SOL5MINFB No Yes No 256
SOL7MB Yes No Adjustable 313
SOL7MINFB Yes Yes Adjustable 344
Code Seat Inflatable Arms £
Slide Lumbar
SOL5SB No No No 226
SOL5SINFB No Yes No 256
SOL7SB Yes No Adjustable 313
SOL7SINFB Yes Yes Adjustable 344
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeT
TestingA fantastic value fully tested contract chair.
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales
for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a
choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Seat Height (Min): 440 Seat Height (Max): 560
Back Height: 510 Seat Depth: (Min): 420
Seat Depth (Max): 480
Seat Height (Min): 440 Seat Height (Max): 560
Back Height: 510 Seat Depth: (Min): 420
Seat Depth (Max): 480
Height Adjustable Arms
Seat & Back Adjustment
Seat Height Adjustment
Seat Depth Adjustment
Inflatable Lumbar Sculpture Back Detail
84-85 Solar - Topaz (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 15:05
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
TopazFor comfort and style, Topaz is offered with a fully contoured seat pad and back rest. The Topaz’s superior foam and contoured back ensure it met the test standard and comfort levels for a 24 hour operation.
operator and task
High Back - with no arms
Options
High Back - with 3D adjustable arms
Full Back - with 3D adjustable arms
Full Back - with no arms
0 8 5
Code £
TP5B 231
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Seat Width: 490 Seat Height: 420-530
Seat Depth: 450
£
Seat Slide: SS 40
Polished Base: C 44
Code £
TP7B 314
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Seat Width: 490 Seat Height: 420-530
Seat Depth: 450
Code £
TP13 338
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Seat Width: 510 Seat Height: 420-530
Seat Depth: 480
Code £
TP11 253
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Seat Width: 510 Seat Height: 420-530
Seat Depth: 480
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
AirThe Air features a breathable mesh back and a back rake mechanism. Including a ribbed back and visitor option this range will complement any office.
operator and task
Air Task Mesh Back
Air Task Ribbed Back
Air Visitor Mesh Back Cantilever
0 8 6
Code £
AIR01B - With No Arms. 164
AIR02B - With Fixed “T” Arms. 203
AIR03B - With Height Adjustable Arms. 215
Height adjustable back. Double membrane
mesh back. Seat height adjustment. Black
moulded base. Mechanical Back Rake.
Back Height: 500-560 Seat Height: 450-570
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 550
Back Width: 420 Overall Width: 620
Code £
AIR04B - With No Arms. 172
AIR05B - With Fixed “T” Arms. 211
AIR06B - With Height Adjustable Arms. 224
Height adjustable back. Seat height
adjustment. Black moulded base. Choice of
Back Rake, Independent & Synchro Mechanisms.
Back Height: 500-560 Seat Height: 450-570
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 550
Back Width: 420 Overall Width: 620
Code £
AIRC1B - With No Arms. 134
AIRC2B - With Fixed “T” Arms. 172
Double membrane mesh back.
Back Height: 520 Seat Height: 460
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 610
Back Width: 420 Overall Width: 620
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and
recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our
fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Air Options £Code
Foldaway Height Adjustable Arms FA 67
Silver Base P 37
Polished Base C 37
Seat Slide SS 31
Synchro Mechanism SY 42
Independent Mechanism B 13
* Coloured Mesh Backs Available - Ask Sales
Shown With Height Adjustable Arms.
86-87 Air Extended Range - Etna Lynx Cougar (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 15:06
Cougar and LynxThe Lynx has a generously padded seat and back cushion for day-long comfort, plus an attractive stitch detail. It also comes with height adjustable arms as standard. The asynchronised mechanism plus tension control allows full user adjustability.
The Cougar’s large back rest and seat pad provide superior levels of comfort for any working environment. Height adjustable arms are included along with an asynchronised mechanism for full user adjustability.
Etna is a high quality mesh back task chair that offers outstanding value for money.
Not only does it come with a breathable mesh back and moulded cushion seat pad as standard, the synchronised mechanism and seat slide will ensure day long adjustability for ultimate user comfort.
operator and task
Cougar High Back Chair
Etna Executive Mesh
Lynx Medium Back Armchair
0 8 7
Code £
COU1/HIDE/BLK 428
Black leather facings. Height adjustable arms. Black base and gas lift.
Back Width: 485 Back Height: 585 Seat Height: 450-525
Seat Width: 530 Seat Depth: 485-530
Code £
LYN1/HIDE/BLK 264
Black leather facings. Height adjustable arms. Chrome base and gas lift.
Back Width: 450 Seat Height:450-525
Seat Depth: 460 Seat Width: 525
Lynx or Cougar delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Etna delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Chrome base and arms included
8recommendedhours usage
Cougar Chrome Base Option £
Code CO/PAB 91
HeavyDuty!
Seat slide included
Improved seat quality for 2017
CO/PAB
CO/PAB
Cougar and Lynx Info Etna Info
114kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended hours usage
Etna
Etna Polished Aluminium Base Option £
Code CO/PAB 91
86-87 Air Extended Range - Etna Lynx Cougar (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 15:06
operator and task
0 8 8
115kg max.weight tolerance
2year
fabric guarantee
5year
component guarantee
8recommendedhours usage
Priced in Black Fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order, and check the cost with our sales office. Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
CH2620
VogueOffering a complete range Vogue has an application for all situations. From small meeting areas and hot desks through to management offices, Vogue has it covered.
0 8 9Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Re-act Deluxe is endorsed by a leading Chartered Physiotherapist and offers a larger fully upholstered cut foam back and moulded foam, height adjustable seat.
The ratchet back and tension control provide full adjustability.
A range of optional extras including a head rest, seat and back lumbar support can also be supplied for enhanced comfort.
High Back Chair - No Arms
High Back Chair with Headrest - No Arms
Options
Codes Mechanism £
REDHRM1 Permanent Contact Back Mechanism 334
REDHRM2 Tilt Mechanism 362
REDHRM3 Synchro Mechanism 362
Black base as standard. Note: Headrest cannot be retro fitted.
Back Height: 630 Seat Height: 545-660
Seat Depth: 480 Seat Width: 520
Codes £
B5 Aluminium Spider Base 86
B3 Chrome Base/Gas 50
AA Black Height Adjustable Arms 73
AH Chrome Fixed Arm 44
AP Chrome Height Adjustable Arm Soft Feel 90
SS Seat Slide 33
L Inflatable Lumbar 38
Codes Mechanism £
REDM1 Permanent Contact Back Mechanism 259
REDM2 Tilt Mechanism 288
REDM3 Synchro Mechanism 288
Black base as standard.
Back Height: 630 Seat Height: 545-660
Seat Depth: 480 Seat Width: 520
Shown with Aluminium Spider Base and Headrest
Shown with Black Spider Base B2
Shown with Height Adjustable Arms AA
B5 AA AH AP SS L
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeT
TestingSATRA tested to BS EN 5459 level S severe use. Compliant with HSE seating at work directives.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
KindKind task is available as a high back. An adjustable head rest can also be specified to provide the user with additional support. Kind medium back task chair offers a height adjustable back and features a body weight responsive mechanism as standard with the option of fixed or 3D adjustable arms.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
High Back Task Chair
Medium Back Task Chair
Codes £
KDT21B - With No Arms 307
KDT22B - Fixed Arms 354
KDT23B - 3D Adjustable Arm 375
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 440-560
Seat Depth: 440 Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 510 Back Width: 450
Codes £
KDT11B - With No Arms 295
KDT12B - Fixed Arms 343
KDT13B - 3D Adjustable Arms 364
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Back Height: 520-580 Seat Height: 440-560
Seat Depth: 440 Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 510 Back Width: 450
Seat Slide not available with full back task chair. Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
The mesh task chair is an exclusively unique product and features a dual mesh back with an integral adjustable lumbar, body weight responsive mechanism, fixed or 3D adjustable arms and a choice of 9 mesh colours are also available as standard.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Mesh High BackCodes £
KDT01B - With No Arms 313
KDT02B - Fixed Arms 362
KDT03B - 3D Adjustable Arms 377
Upholstered seat. Adjustable lumbar support.
Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Nine colours available for mesh back.
Back Height: 620 Seat Height: 440-560 Seat Depth: 440
Overall Depth: 510 Overall Width: 510 Back Width: 450
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8-10recommended hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
* Mesh priced is Gabriel Omega, from which 9 colours are available.
FlexionA superb seating solution for a wide variety of applications. The deep fill, high density cut foam seat is extremely soft and comfortable. The sculptured back is fully upholstered and can be supplied in a striking two-tone fabric. The high back and mid back task chairs are offered with a matching cantilever visitor chair
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Mid Back Visitor Cantilever
Mid Back Task ChairHigh Back Task Chair
Codes £
FX3 - Black Frame 295
FX3/CRF - Chrome Frame 345
Back Height: 480 Seat Height: 480
Seat Depth: 490 Back Width: 490
Code £
FX2 Black Base No Arms 363
Back Height: 540 Seat Height: 490-560
Seat Depth: 500 Back Width: 480
Code £
FX1 Black Base No Arms 374
Back Height: 660 Seat Height: 490-560
Seat Depth: 500 Back Width: 480
Shown with Aluminium Spider base B5
* Synchronised mechanism providing freefloat back action, seat and back in 2:1 ratio, lockable in 5 positions
* Integral seat slide allowing seat depth to be adjusted through 50mm
* Ratchet back height adjustment
* Tension adjustment to suit individual user weight
* Available in fabric, leather and vinyl with the option of a two-tone panelled back
150kg max.weight tolerance
110kg max.weight tolerance
OptionsInflatable Lumbar L 38
Headrest HR 78
Aluminium Spider Base B5 86
Black Height Adjustable Arms AA 73
Black Height Adjustable Arms AP 90
Chrome Base/ Gas For FX1 - FX2 B3 50
Options for Arms, Bases and Castors available. Please contact sales.
Operator Chair
Cantilever Chair Recommended usage is
8 hours to qualify for the 5 year warranty or 1 year
CheetahThe sumo wrestler of the seating world. This is built to last and to be used in intensive prolonged use environments. Fully adjustable to provide the most support and comfort possible.
posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Cheetah Leather
Cheetah Fabric
24 Hour Heavy Duty
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Code £
CH1110 488
Black leather upholstery. Asynchro mechanism with seat slide.
StealthA slimline seating solution for today’s worker. Ratchet arms, ratchet back and a knee tilt mechanism ensure this has the feel of elegance and quality through every touch. All supported with a 10 year warranty.
posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Code £
CH2600 470
Mesh Back. Knee tilt mechanism.
Depth: 510 Width: 470 Height: 475 - 590
Back Width: 460 Back Height: 660
Code £
CH2601 354
Mesh Back. Lock tilt mechanism.
Depth: 510 Width: 470 Height: 475 - 590
Back Width: 460 Back Height: 660
0 9 5
TTestingA fantastic value fully tested task chair.FIRA BS:1335:PART 2
Chiro PlusThe Chiro Plus represents the next generation of ergonomic seating. The chair promotes a healthy posture and is equipped with an anti shock, synchronised reclining mechanism with backrest height adjustment and seat slide depth adjustment.
posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Chiro Plus
ExtraHeavy Duty!
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Code £
Chiro Plus 711
Chiro Plus Ultimate with Headrest 869
Upholstered in soft feel fabric.
Multi-functional arms, height and side adjustable.
Multi-postion arm pads to help prevent RSI.
Synchro mechanism with seat slide. Contoured foam.
Head rests add an additional 180-125mm to the height
of the back and has a depth adjustment of 100mm
P/ET20
Medium Back
Very Heavy Duty. 24 Hour.
Recomended for control rooms etc.
New for 2017
96-97 Chiro Plus - Ethos (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 16:06
Amber
Start Executive
MooreThe Amber range represent affordability in the executive chair market. The High Back chairs come with a pivoting lock tilt mechanism and added cushioning for executive levels of comfort.
The Moore, traditional in style, luxurious in feel. This popular range of executive chairs are upholstered in fabric and have generous cushioning on the seat and back.
executive
Executive Mesh
Amber Fabric or Leather Visitor
0 9 8
Code £
CH2403 167
Lock Tilt Seating Mechanism. Gas Lift.
Height: 1220 Width: 640 Depth: 605
Seat Back Width: 510 Seat Back Height: 890
Code £
AM4/F/BLUE Blue Fabric 145
AM4/F/BLK Black Fabric 145
AM3/PU/BLK Bonded Leather 144
Seat Width: 495 Seat Height: 425 Seat Depth: 515
Back Height: 595 Back Width: 485
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
AM4/F/BLUE AM3/PU/BLK
Moore Standard ColoursStart Executive Mesh Details
Amber Standard Colours
Blue Fabric
Blue Fabric
Black Fabric
Black Fabric Bonded Leather
8recommendedhours usage
8recommendedhours usage
114kg max.weight tolerance
115kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
2year
guarantee
CO/PAB
Amber OptionPolished Aluminium Base CO/PAB 91
£
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Amber Fabric or Leather High Back Moore Fabric High BackCode £
Obsidian and TanzaniteThese chairs will add style and comfort to any office environment. These two chairs come with a two year guarantee plus adjustable seat height and tilt for additional comfort in the office.
executive
Obsidian High Back - Bonded Leather
Option
0 9 9
Code £
OB1HB/BL/BLK 190
Black base. Lock Tilt Mechanism.
Seat Width: 500 Seat Height: 465-555
Seat Depth: 465 Back Height: 670
Polished Aluminium Base CO/PAB 91
£
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
8recommendedhours usage
114kg max.weight tolerance
2year
component guarantee
CO/PAB
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Tanzanite High Back - Bonded LeatherCode £
TZ1/HB/L/BLK 250
Black base. Soft padded arms. Lock Tilt Mechanism.
Sapphire and Moore LeatherThe Sapphire offers fantastic comfort and value for money.
The Moore Leather is traditional in style and luxurious in feel. This popular range of executive chairs is upholstered in soft bonded leather with generous cushioning on seat and back.
executive
1 0 0Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Moore Leather Chair
Sapphire High Back Chair
Code £
MOORE Black 339
Soft enviro bonded leather. Matching padded black arms.
Black base. Distinctive lines. Two lever lock any position mechanism.
Classic and FinsburyWith iconic designs this line of furniture offers superb comfort. Featuring deep cushioned seats and backs along with soft, sturdy fixed armrests.
executive
1 0 1Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Classic High Back
Finsbury
Classic Medium BackCode £
classic-high-back 559
Soft padded bonded leather. Padded arms. Large contoured seat.
i-Sit and i-Sit Meshi-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports to both mesh and upholstered versions. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
executive
1 0 2
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest
Mesh Task Chair With Mesh Headrest
Upholstered Task Chair
Mesh Task Chair
Code £
ISIT/UH - Black Nylon 5 Star Base - Without arms 604
Upholstered back with black base and headrest. Swivel chair with height
adjustable upholstered backrest. Adjustable seat height with integral
Overall Depth: 650 Arm Height: 595 Overall Height: 950 Back Height: 540
Xenon Head Rest Overall Height: 1150 Xenon Head Rest Back Height: 740
Code £
XHR Black Fabric, Blue Fabric, Black Leather & White Leather 44
Code £
XMB Black Fabric 555
XMB Blue Fabric 555
XMB Black Leather 555
XMB White Leather 555
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Xenon Stock Colours Xenon Shell Colours
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended hours usage
• Kneetiltmechanismwithtilttension adjustment.
• Stylishdesignnylonfixedarmrests.
• Brushedaluminium5starbase.
• Sleekandlowprofiledesign.
• Highdensitymouldedfoamseatand backrest provide great comfort.
• Integralcontouredlumbarsupport.
Shown with optional headrest
Black Leather
BlackBlack Fabric
White Leather
WhiteBlue Fabric
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
102-103 iSit - Xenon (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 16:09
Mirage 2The Mirage 2 incorporates contemporary, fresh design and great functionality. The design features an anti-shock synchro tilt mechanism and a seat slide. The chair still provides its original and distinctive design whilst the breathable mesh and bonded leather variants provide optimum comfort.
executive
1 0 4 Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Mirage 2 Leather
Options
Code £
Mirage 2 Leather 666
Deep bonded leather cushions for extra comfort. Chrome 5 star base.
Soft PU pad height adjustable arms included.
Synchro tilt mechanism with weight tension control and seat slide.
EnnaThe new style Enna chair combines classic design with modern production techniques, featuring panelled luxury leather with fixed chrome arms and a chrome base.
executive
1 0 6 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Medium Back CantileverCode £
ENNC 470
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism. Chrome cantilever frame.
Chrome fixed height arms. Protective glides.
Seat Width: 540 Seat Depth: 485
Seat Height: 465 Overall Width:565
Overall Height: 900
Luxury Leather.Classic Design.
5year
guarantee
8recomended
hours usage
125kg max.weight tolerance
Black Leather
OptionGlides Code G FOC
£
Code G
High Back Medium BackCode £
ENNHB 611
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism. Seat height adjustment.
Body weight tension adjustment.
650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Seat Width: 530 Seat Depth: 460
Seat Height: 450-550 Overall Width: 680
Overall Height: 1080-1180
Code £
ENN 556
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism. Seat height adjustment.
Body weight tension adjustment.
650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Seat Width: 540 Seat Depth: 460
Seat Height: 450-550 Overall Width:680
Overall Height: 890-990
106-107 Enna - Zante (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 16:12
ZanteCombining style with functionality, Zante offers a choice of versatile seating designed to enhance the modern working environment. Zante offers a complete solution throughout any office application.
executive
1 0 7Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
8recomended
hours usage
150kg max.weight tolerance
Black Leather
High Back Chair - Synchro Mechanism High Back Chair - Knee Tilt Mechanism Medium Back Chair - Knee Tilt MechanismCode £
ZS29B 2D Adjustable Arms. Black. 503
Back Height: 720-780 Seat Height: 500-590
Code £
ZD8C Upholstered Arms. Chrome. 1181
Back Height: 720 Seat Height: 500-590
Seat Depth: 460 Overall Depth: 630
Back Width: 460 Overall Width: 640
Code £
ZD5C Upholstered Arms. Chrome. 1096
Back Height: 580 Seat Height: 500-590
Seat Depth: 460 Overall Depth: 630
Back Width: 460 Overall Width: 640
Shown with Polished Base (C). Grey Blazer Silcoates Upholstery.
Price includes Polished Base (C). Black Leather.
Price includes Polished Base (C). Black Leather.
New for 2017
Options Wood Stains Options - ZD8C or ZD5CMulti-Function Arm (ZS29B only) 3D 21
Silver Base P 44
Polished Base C 44
Seat Slide SS 31
Natural NT FOC
Beech BH FOC
Walnut WL FOC
£ £
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 550 Arm Height: 190-270
Back Width: 460 Overall Width: 620-660
106-107 Enna - Zante (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 16:12
Kind VisitorA perfect solution to all boardroom, training and conference applications.
From contemporary design, versatility and comfort to essential seating products for your budget this section has a range to suit your requirements.
2017 Range Highlights
Eco 18Attractive clean style with economy in mind.
Beautiful bespoke veneer manufactured with the greatest attention to detail.
Meeting and Conference
Veneer Boardroom Tables
Page 149
Pimlico Page 127
1 0 8
Veneer Boardroom Tables
108-109 Meeting and Conference Intro (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 17:57
Cove Pages 122-123
1 0 9
108-109 Meeting and Conference Intro (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 17:57
Kind VisitorPages 124-125
Brunswick Page 128
2000/2600 Folding ChairsPage 113
PavillionPage 118
Metro Page 128
Academy Page 129
Start Mesh VisitorPage 126
TwilightPage 114
Turner & Constable Pages 119
Wait Page 126
Arena Page 121
KeyPages 130-131
VibePage 115
Alina Page 120
Pimlico Page 127
CovePages 122-123
StakkaPage 112
IkonPages 116-117
1 1 0
meeting & conference contentsSe
atin
g
110-111 Meeting and Conference Contents (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 18:13
TotumPages 141
Natta Page 145
Fraction TablesPage 133
GyratePage 137
Aerofoil Page 146
Reflex Page 147
Conference Page 142
Workmode TablesPage 134
Modular Page 138
Veneer Boardroom Tables - Various Page 149
Windsor Page 143
E Space Page 140
LuxPages 148
Union FoldingPage 135
Enviro Page 139
High/Low Benches & Stools Page 144
Prime Page 140
Eco18Page 132
One EightyPages 136
1 1 1
meeting & conference contents
Tabl
es
110-111 Meeting and Conference Contents (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 18:13
AC1044
1 1 2
Stakka
Economy Poly
meeting & conference
The simple Stakka represents one of our most popular economy chairs. Versatility is affordable with this adaptable chair.
A well established range for multi-purpose use in both public and private sectors. It has been tested to BS EN 15373: Level 2, making them structurally suitable and sufficiently stable for contract use.
The Stock Economy Polypropylene Chairs offer a comfortable sitting position. They are lightly textured and are produced to the highest standards.
Stock chairs are delivered within 10 working days. Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Certain exceptions see page 2. Please note minimum order quantities may apply to the products on this page.
OptionsStorage Strap with Alloy Buckle (5m) CF40015 35
Chair Linking Clips CF40075 3
Folds flat for compact
storage
2000/2600 Folding Chairsmeeting & conference
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
These chairs are a stylish, comfortable & lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The 2600 chair comes with an option of either a steel or upholstered seat finish.
The storage trolleys will help eliminate the problem of storage in premises where space is restricted.
Sold in boxes of 8 chairs
Sold in boxes of 4 chairs
Blue/Grey
2000/2600 Seat Frame Colours
Burgundy/Grey Charcoal/Grey
5year
guarantee
CF40015
Low Hanging - For use with 2000 & 2600 chairs Transport Dolly - For use with 2000 chairs
Perfect for exams, conference and classrooms where flexibility is required. With writing tables, integrated linking clips and seat/back pads these chairs suit a wide variety of purposes.
Twilight Writing TabletCode £
AC0507 Polypropylene 17
Width: 480 Depth: 470 Height: 410
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
115kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
5recommended
hours usage
Perfectfor
exams
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Twilight Trolly Twilight StackerCode £
AC0508 184
Width: 610 Depth: 1090 Height: 440
Code Each Pack of 4
CH0507 Polypropylene £98 £392
Width: 500 Depth: 555 Height: 760
Seat Back Width: 460 Seat Back Height: 245
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad Available Within 20 Working Days
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Vibe is a stylish stacking chair on a sled base with integral linking device. The chair is available in several plastic colour options and offers upholstered seat pads to suite any corporate style.
Chrome Frame Sled Chair Chrome Frame Leg Chair Chrome Frame High Chair
Options
Code £
VB01C Without Arms 125
VB02C With Arms 191
VB03C Upholstered Seat 146
VB04C Upholstered Seat, With Arms 211
Stackable up to 25 high on trolley.
Breathable Plastic Back.
Back Height: 390 Seat Height: 460
Seat Depth: 420 Overall Depth: 530
Overall Width: 440 Back Width: 440
Code £
VB05C Without Arms 125
VB06C With Arms 191
VB07C Upholstered Seat 146
VB08C Upholstered Seat, With Arms 211
Stackable up to 6 high
Breathable Plastic Back. Integral Linking Device.
Back Height: 390 Seat Height: 460
Seat Depth: 420 Overall Depth: 530
Overall Width: 440 Back Width: 440
Code £
VB51C Without Arms 193
VB52C Upholstered Seat 213
Stackable up to 6 high
Breathable Plastic Back.
Back Height: 400 Seat Height: 750
Seat Depth: 420 Overall Depth: 530
Overall Width: 440 Back Width: 440
Writing Tablet £
Code WRT 87
Trolley 82
VB07CVB01C VB51C
115kg max.weight tolerance
Colours
White GreyRed Green
RD GNWH GY5year
guarantee
Blue Black
BL BK
TestingA fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 16139 Strength & Durability.
Clear cut lines and inspirational shapes, Ikon chairs offer style and enhancement to any meeting or visitor environment. Whilst it provides contemporary elegance, Ikon is practical and provides comfort and ergonomics to the user. With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options.
Plastic Seat & Back Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back Upholstered Seat & Back PadCode £
IK03B - No arms, black frame 127
IK04B - With fixed arms, black frame 156
Seat Width (IK03B): 458
Seat Width (IK04B): 544
Seat Height: 443 Seat Depth: 460
Code £
IK05B - No arms, black frame 154
IK06B - With fixed arms, black frame 183
Seat Width (IK05B): 458
Seat Width (IK06B): 544
Seat Height: 443 Seat Depth: 460
Ikon Plastic Seat Colours
Black White Red GreyBlue Sand
Stack up to 6 high
P
IK04B Fixed Arms
IK02B Fixed Arms
C
IK06B Fixed Arms
RD GYBL SDWHBLK115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
IK01B with red plastic (RD) & silver frame (P)
IK03B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)
IK05B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)
TTesting
A fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 15373 SATRA Strength &
Durability.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Code £
IK01B - No arms, black frame 111
IK02B - With fixed arms, black frame 141
Seat Width (IK01B): 458
Seat Width (IK02B): 544
Seat Height: 443 Seat Depth: 460
OptionsChrome Frame Code C £24
Silver Frame Code P FOC
116-117 Ikon (17).indd 1 28/11/2016 15:48
1 1 7
Contemporary elegance to any meeting or visitor
environment
Upholstered seat and back
options
Ikonmeeting & conference
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
IK22B Fixed Arms
IK24B Fixed Arms
IK26B Fixed Arms
IK21B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (C)
IK23B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)
IK25B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Plastic Seat & Back
High Stool - Plastic Seat & Back
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back
High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
Code £
IK23B - No arms, black cantilever frame 155
IK24B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 183
Seat Width (IK23B): 458
Seat Width (IK24B): 544
Seat Height: 443 Seat Depth: 460
Code £
IK53B - No arms, black frame 184
Seat Width: 458 Seat Height: 770 Seat Depth: 460
Code £
IK25B - No arms, black cantilever frame 182
IK26B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 210
Seat Width (IK25B): 458
Seat Width (IK26B): 544
Seat Height: 443 Seat Depth: 460
Code £
IK55B - No arms, black frame 212
Seat Width: 458 Seat Height: 770 Seat Depth: 460
Code £
IK21B - No arms, black cantilever frame 139
IK22B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 168
Seat Width (IK21B): 458
Seat Width (IK22B): 544
Seat Height: 443 Seat Depth: 460
Code £
IK51B - No arms, black frame 169
Seat Width: 458 Seat Height: 770 Seat Depth: 460
116-117 Ikon (17).indd 2 28/11/2016 15:48
1 1 8
Pavilion meeting & conference
Classic in style, the Pavilion is a range of practical and versatile chairs designed for use in both public and private sectors.
Pavilion Side Chair - Black Frame Pavilion Side Chair - Chrome Frame Pavilion Chrome ArmchairCode £
CH0527 Black Fabric Seat and Back 137
Stacks 3 high
Seat Depth: 485 Seat Width: 490 Seat Height: 500
Back Width: 475 Back Height: 410
Code £
CH0529 Chrome Frame - Leather 160
Stacks 3 high
Seat Depth: 485 Seat Width: 490 Seat Height: 500
Back Width: 475 Back Height: 410
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Code £
CH0526 Black Fabric Seat and Back 137
Stacks 3 high
Seat Depth: 485 Seat Width: 490 Seat Height: 500
Back Width: 475 Back Height: 410
Client 4 ChairCode £
CL4/BL/BLK Black Hide Facings. Cantilever Frame. Chrome Frame 172
Seat Width: 430 Seat Height: 460 Seat Depth: 430
Back Height: 470 Overall Depth: 605 Overall Width: 555
Client 4The Client 4 offers a lightweight yet durable and comfortable cantilever meeting chair that gives style and elegance.
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommendedhours usage
Pavilion Fabric Colours
Blue ClaretCharcoal
Priced in Band 1 black fabric or black leather, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Turner is a simple woodframe chair which has a cushioned seat and back pad. It’s stackable 4 high, and available in a choice of either charcoal or blue fabric.
With its fully upholstered back and additional padding all round, the stackable Constable provides comfort levels for sustained periods, whether it be in meetings or at breakout.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
114kg max.weight tolerance
114kg max.weight tolerance
Turner Colours and Information Constable Colours and Information
The extensive Alina range is ideal for training, meeting or conference applications. The upholstered seat and back create a comfortable conference chair. Arm and writing tablets can be added to the 4 legged Alina models. The Alina is stackable up to 5 high, comes with a chrome frame and available in a choice of three frame styles.
Versatile and robust, the Alina Mesh is designed for training, meeting or conferencing environments. The upholstered seat is combined with a breathable mesh back for added comfort. Arm and writing tablets can be added to 4 legged models. The Alina Mesh is stackable up to 5 high, available in a choice of three frame styles, and comes with a chrome frame.
Cantilever - Upholstered
Options
4 Leg - Mesh Cantilever - Mesh
Code £
ALM/4LEG No arms 203
ALM/4LEG/A With arms 261
Overall Width: 580 Seat Width: 450
Seat Depth: 460 Overall Height: 870
Code £
ALM/CANT Cantilever Frame 274
Overall Width: 525 Seat Width: 390
Seat Depth: 460 Overall Height: 900
Code £
ALUP/CANT Cantilever Frame 206
Overall Width: 525 Seat Width: 450
Seat Depth: 460 Overall Height: 860
4 Leg Mesh with Writing Tablet £
ALM/4LEG/WT 276
4 Leg Upholstered with Writing Tablet
ALUP/4LEG/WT 237
4 Leg - Upholstered
Code £
ALUP/4LEG No arms 136
ALUP/4LEG/A With arms 194
Overall Width: 580 Seat Width: 450
Seat Depth: 460 Overall Height: 860
ALUP/4LEG/WTALM/4LEG/WTNote: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.
110kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Designed for training, meeting or conferencing environments
Stacks up to 5 high
Stacks up to 5 high
Add arm or writing
tablets
120-121 Alina Arena (17).indd 1 28/11/2016 16:13
1 2 1
Stackable to 4 high
Arenameeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Arena is designed for conference rooms, meeting areas and general office applications. Four leg option is stackable and available with writing tablets. The Arena comes as standard with a black frame, and options for either silver or chrome.
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Shown with optional Chrome Frame
TTestingA fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 4875 SATRA Strength & Durability.
C WRT
Note: Chairs cannot be stacked with writing tablet option
Round Back Cantilever - With Arms
Options
Round Back - With Arms Round Back - No Arms
Code £
AR2B - Fixed Arms 151
Stacks 4 high. Black frame. Round shaped back.
Seat Width: 600 Seat Height: 435 Seat Depth: 480
Back Height: 440
Code £
AR1B - Without Arms 112
Stacks 4 high. Black frame. Round shaped back.
Seat Width: 460 Seat Height: 435 Seat Depth: 480
Back Height: 440
Code £
AR4B - Fixed Arms 151
Black frame. Round shaped back.
Seat Width: 520 Seat Height: 435 Seat Depth: 480
Back Height: 440
Writing Tablet £
Code WRT Right Hand 72
Code WLT Left Hand 72
Chrome/Silver Frame
Code C Chrome Frame 52
Code P Silver Frame FOC
120-121 Alina Arena (17).indd 2 28/11/2016 16:13
Cove meeting & conference
4 Leg Stackable Chair - Metal/Polypropylene
Stacks 4 High Stacks 4 High
Sled Stackable Chair - Metal/Polypropylene 4 Leg Chair - Wood/Polypropylene
1 2 2
See seat pad optionon page
123
Code £
OCOVEV01 163
Width: 620 Height: 780 Depth: 530
Seat Height: 460
Code £
OCOVEV02 179
Width: 600 Height: 780 Depth: 510
Seat Height: 460 Available in Chrome Frame Only.
Code £
OCOVEV03 312
Width: 560 Height: 780 Depth: 510
Seat Height: 460
One big family: the COVE chair range has one seating type and a common and distinctive design across many products, creating visual harmony while supporting multiple ways of working. An essential design that enhances the purity and sinuosity of the seat.
The strong and flexible shell in polypropylene comes in 6 vibrant finishes or fully upholstered, offering an excellent seating comfort. COVE creates a consistent extensions of the range across ten types of frames. The collection is completed by a wide range of tables and coffee tables with metal or wood structures in various sizes and shapes. The Cove family has been designed to create harmony in different types of interiors: canteen or bars, hotel halls or houses, conference or boardroom, work spaces or outdoor.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
New for 2017
Ideal for meetings and conferences
Metal Bases Wooden BasesShell Finishes
ChromeAnthracite WengeRed White PaintedWhite Anthracite Painted
Green Silver PaintedGrey BeechBlue
AGR FABL CAN WERS IBA ANVR
122-123 Cove (17).indd 1 28/11/2016 16:45
Covemeeting & conference
4 Leg Chair - Metal/Fully Upholstered
4 Leg Chair - Wood/Fully Upholstered
Options
1 2 3
Code £
OCOVEV21 443
Width: 620 Height: 780 Depth: 530
Seat Height: 460
Polyurethane Foam Padding.
Code £
OCOVEV23 592
Width: 560 Height: 780 Depth: 510
Seat Height: 460
Polyurethane Foam Padding.
Code £
- Full Fabric Seat Pad 107
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
122-123 Cove (17).indd 2 28/11/2016 16:45
1 2 4
Kind Visitor meeting & conference
Kind meeting offers a cantilever and 4 leg chair which provides a perfect solution to all boardroom, training and conference applications. Frames can be specified in black, silver or chrome and as all meeting chair variants back panel options allow design integration with the task seating specified.
All mesh back versions of the Kind chair are available in the following colours; Black, Sage, Slate, Burnt Orange, Graphite, White, Taupe, Mauve and Teal.
Four Leg Meeting Chair
Cantilever Frame Meeting Chair
Kind Dimensions (mm)
Code £
KDMC01B - With No Arms 167
KDMC02B - With Fixed Arms 198
Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back &
under shroud. Black four leg frame.
Stackable 4 high.
Code £
KDMC31B - With No Arms 207
KDMC32B - With Fixed Arms 238
Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back &
under shroud. Black cantilever frame.
Stackable 3 high.
Back Height: 400
Seat Height: 500
Seat Depth: 450
Overall Depth: 560
Overall Width - with no arms: 530
Overall Width - with arms: 640
Back Width: 450
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
KDMC32B
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8-10recommended
hour usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
KDMC01B
Black frame as standard. Range shown with optional chrome frame.
A perfect solution to all boardroom,
training and conference applications
124-125 Kind Visitor (17).indd 1 28/11/2016 17:37
1 2 5
Simple and elegant design
Kind Visitormeeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Kind four leg chair is a simple and elegant design. A choice of frame and upholstery variations can be specified, with the option to co-ordinate with the dual mesh design of the task seating.
Four Leg Mesh Meeting Chair
Cantilever Frame Mesh Meeting Chair
Options
Four Leg Mesh Meeting Chair Cantilever Frame Mesh Meeting ChairCode £
KDMC22B - With Fixed Arms 191
Upholstered Seat and Mesh Back.
Black Four Leg Frame, Stackable 3-4 high.
Black Plastic Back Surround & Under Shroud.
A choice of 9 colours are available for the mesh back.
Depth: 560 Width: 640 Height: 850
Code £
KDMC51B - With No Arms 196
Upholstered Seat and Mesh Back.
Black Cantilever Frame, Stackable 2 high.
Black Plastic Back Surround & Under Shroud.
A choice of 9 colours are available for the mesh back.
Depth: 560 Width: 530 Height: 850
Code £
KDMC21B - With No Arms 160
Upholstered Seat and Mesh Back.
Black Four Leg Frame, Stackable 3-4 high.
Black Plastic Back Surround & Under Shroud.
A choice of 9 colours are available for the mesh back.
Depth: 560 Width: 530 Height: 850
Code £
KDMC52B - With Fixed Arms 227
Upholstered Seat and Mesh Back.
Black Cantilever Frame, Stackable 2 high.
Black Plastic Back Surround & Under Shroud.
A choice of 9 colours are available for the mesh back.
Depth: 560 Width: 640 Height: 850
£
Silver Frame P FOC
Chrome Frame C 21
Castors CS 21
Stackable
KDMC52B
KDMC21B KDMC22B KDMC51B
124-125 Kind Visitor (17).indd 2 28/11/2016 17:37
1 2 6
Start Mesh Visitor
Wait
meeting & conference
Wait is suitable for commercial, healthcare and educational waiting rooms and carries a 10 year guarantee. The range includes a bariatric chair suitable for users up to 222kg.
Start is an range of essential seating products for your budget, taking the effort out of buying your new seating.
Start Mesh VisitorCode £
CH1742BK 87
Height: 830 Width: 525 Depth: 550
Seat Back Width: 525 Seat Back Height: 370
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Wait Side Chair Wait Side Chair - with arms Wait Bariatric ChairCode £
CH2205 Black Fabric Seat and Back 204
Stacks 3 high
Seat Width: 500 Seat Depth: 480 Seat Height: 480
Back Width: 500 Back Height: 370
Code £
CH2204 Black Fabric Seat and Back 306
Stacks 3 high
Seat Width: 762 Seat Depth: 457 Seat Height: 470
Back Width: 762 Back Height: 406
Code £
CH2206 Black Fabric Seat and Back 174
Stacks 3 high
Seat Width: 500 Seat Depth: 480 Seat Height: 480
Back Width: 500 Back Height: 370
8recommendedhours usage
222kg max.weight tolerance
10year
guarantee
8recommendedhours usage
115kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
Chairs shown in shown in Cheiftain Just colour Applemint
Prices shown are for Group 1 black fabric. For other colours and fabric choices please contact our sales department for information
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Versatility, comfort and a contemporary design are standard features of Pimlico. Sled, four and swivel variations are available with a choice of modern plastic colours and an upholstered seat pad option for additional comfort.
A chair that delivers paramount comfort and quality engineering. The classically designed square tubed frame has a stylish extra-large mesh backrest that is curved to provide lumbar support. Built in armrests are included and the large airmesh upholstered seat continues to deliver seating excellence to make those conference and meetings a more enjoyable ride.
The Brunswick, a new eye-catching contemporary conference and meeting chair. These comfortable chairs will stand the test of time in the most demanding environments to create a complete modern look.
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
8recommendedhours usage
115kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
8recommendedhours usage
150kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
Shown with Chrome Frame
Shown with Black Frame
Stylish extra large mesh
backrest
Brunswick Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 4 High
Metro Visitor Chair - Mesh Back
Brunswick Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 4 High
Code BR000020 £
BR000020 Without Arms Black Frame 172
BR000021 Without Arms Chrome Frame 189
Upholstered in Black Fabric
Seat Width: 430 Seat Depth: 460 Seat Height: 470
Code BR000090 £
With Arms Black Frame 222
Upholstered in Black Fabric, Stackable
Seat Width: 490 Seat Depth: 485 Seat Height: 490
Code BR £
BR000024 With Arms Black Frame 180
BR000025 With Arms Chrome Frame 197
Upholstered in Black Fabric
Seat Width: 450 Seat Depth: 485 Seat Height: 470
Option
Option
Coloured upholstered seat 31
Coloured upholstered seat 31
Shown with Coloured Upholstered Seat
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Shown with Coloured Upholstered Seat
128-129 Brunswick Metro Academy (17).indd 1 28/11/2016 17:47
Coloured seat pad subject to longer lead time
1 2 9
Simple and elegant design
Academymeeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Our multi use heavy duty meeting chair is funky, modern and completely versatile. Chrome oval tube legs, well padded seat and curved back with breathable holes will look and feel good in any environment.
Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High
Option
Code £
Academy - With Arms 251
Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable
Upholstered in black fabric
Seat Width: 450 Seat Depth: 485 Seat Height: 470
Code £
Academy - Without Arms 241
Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable
Upholstered in black fabric
Seat Width: 450 Seat Depth: 485 Seat Height: 470
Coloured upholstered seat 68
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled
Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1year
guarantee
Black Plastic
8recommended hours usage
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Suitablefor
stacking
128-129 Brunswick Metro Academy (17).indd 2 28/11/2016 17:47
1 3 0
Key meeting & conference
The design of the Key has made it one of the most impressive chairs of its type and the ideal solution for conference, meeting and training environments. The range offers two different styles of back rest to compliment either a four leg or cantilever frame.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
An ideal solution for conference, meeting and training environments.
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended
hour usage
KEY32B
Shown with option for Chrome Frame (C)
KEY22B
Shown with option for Chrome Frame (C)
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Low Back Cantilever ChairCode £
KEY20B Black Frame 186
Upholstered Low Back. Self Arms.
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 450 Seat Depth: 450
Overall Depth: 600 Overall Width: 560 Back Width: 490
Low Back Stacking Cantilever Chair Full Back Cantilever ChairCode £
KEY22B Black Frame 206
Stacking (up to 4 high). Upholstered Low Back. Self Arms.
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 450 Seat Depth: 450
Overall Depth: 600 Overall Width: 560 Back Width: 490
Code £
KEY32B Black Frame 219
Stacking (up to 4 high). Upholstered High Back. Self Arms.
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 450 Seat Depth: 450
Overall Depth: 600 Overall Width: 560 Back Width: 490
KEY20B
Shown with option for Chrome Frame (C)
Key chairs are shown in Black Leather
(price on application). Prices shown are for
Band 1 Fabrics.
130-131 Key (17).indd 1 28/11/2016 17:51
1 3 1
Simple and elegant design
Keymeeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Low Back Four Leg Arm Chair
Full Back Swivel Chair
Options
Full Back Four Leg Arm Chair Low Back Swivel ChairCode £
KEY31B Black Frame 203
Upholstered Full Back. Self Arms
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 450
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 600
Overall Width: 560 Back Width: 490
Code £
KEY23C Chrome Frame 367
Upholstered Low Back. Self Arms
Black Nylon Glides. Polished 5 Star Aluminium Base.
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 460
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 610
Overall Width: 570 Back Width: 490
Code £
KEY21B Black Frame 191
Upholstered Low Back. Self Arms
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 450
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 600
Overall Width: 560 Back Width: 490
Code £
KEY33C Chrome Frame 380
Self Arms
Black Nylon Glides. Polished 4 Star Aluminium Base.
Back Height: 430 Seat Height: 460
Seat Depth: 450 Overall Depth: 610
Overall Width: 570 Back Width: 490
£
Silver Frame P FOC
Chrome Frame C 68
*Base With Castors & Gas Lift 5S FOC
*Auto Return Seat, Gas Lift & Glide AT
* For KEY23C or KEY33C 60
KEY33C
KEY23CKEY31B
Shown with option for Chrome Frame (C)
KEY21B
Shown with option for Chrome Frame (C)
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Key chairs are shown in Black Leather
(price on application). Prices shown are for
Band 1 Fabrics.
130-131 Key (17).indd 2 28/11/2016 17:51
1 3 2
Eco 18 meeting & conference
Attractive clean style with economy in mind. 25mm square leg frame and 18mm tops, complete with lockable drawers and available in three finishes from stock.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Practical, stylish and affordable meeting tables to suit your requirements for any type of office.
Choose from a selection of different shaped and sized meeting tables to compliment the Fraction and Workmode Plus ranges.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Finishes for Tubular Leg TablesTable Finishes
Oak & SilverOak Beech & SilverBeech
B/SBCH BLUEO/SOAK5year
guarantee
Circular with Tubular LegsCodes Dia x H (mm) £
ZTABT4D10 1000 x 727 260
ZTABT4D12 1200 x 727 296
Codes Dia x H (mm) £
ZTABTD10 1000 x 727 234
ZTABTD12 1200 x 727 271
Circular with Gullwing Legs Rectangular with Gullwing Legs
Rectangular with Silver Tubular Legs
Elliptical with Gullwing Legs
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABTG12 1200 x 727 x 800 249
ZTABTG16 1600 x 727 x8 00 294
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABT12 1200 x 727 x 800 250
ZTABT16 1600 x 727 x 800 295
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABT24 2400 x 727 x 1047 403
25mmwork tops
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
An ideal solution for meeting and training
environments.
134-135 Workmode Union Tables (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 10:16
1 3 5
Union Foldingmeeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Note: Suffix CR for Chrome Legs or S for Silver Legs
5year
guarantee
Frame ColoursStock Colours
Nova Oak Beech Silver Chrome
BCH
White
WHT NOAK S CR
Union Folding Tables are a range of conference and meeting furniture which allows instant re-configuration. A sturdy folding frame, with 25mm thick table tops and a choice of three top finishes and two frame finishes. These tables offer great style and affordability.
Shown in Beech and Chrome
Rectangular Trapezoidal Beech/ Beech/ Oak/ White Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame Chrome Frame
ZUNR127 1200 x 725 x 700 £304 £327
ZUNR128 1200 x 725 x 800 £308 £331
ZUNR147 1400 x 725 x 700 £330 £352
ZUNR148 1400 x 725 x 800 £335 £357
ZUNR167 1600 x 725 x 700 £333 £355
ZUNR168 1600 x 725 x 800 £339 £362
Beech/ Beech/ Oak/ White Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame Chrome Frame
ZUNTZ147 1400 x 725 x 700 £315 £338
ZUNTZ168 1600 x 725 x 800 £344 £367
D-End Beech/ Beech/ Oak/ White Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame Chrome Frame
ZUNDE147 1400 x 725 x 700 £338 £361
ZUNDE168 1600 x 725 x 800 £346 £369
Delivery and installation included
134-135 Workmode Union Tables (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 10:16
1 3 6
One Eighty meeting & conference
This is our entry level flip-top mobile table. Offered in all the popular shapes, sizes and colours to provide a stylish and affordable meeting and conferencing table choice.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Trapezoidal Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
Z180/R127 1200 x 720 x 700 £302
Z180/R128 1200 x 720 x 800 £306
Z180/R147 1400 x 720 x 700 £328
Z180/R148 1400 x 720 x 800 £333
Z180/R167 1600 x 720 x 700 £334
Z180/R168 1600 x 720 x 800 £340
Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
Z180/TZ168 1600 x 720 x 800 £342
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables
D-End Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
Z180/DE147 1400 x 720 x 700 £336
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 700mm wide tables
Z180/DE168 1600 x 720 x 800 £344
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Gyrate is our premium flip-top mobile table. Superior design and engineering has developed this silver leg and mechanism to ensure a high quality movement when reconfiguring. A heavy duty mechanism ensures long life and durability.
Trapezoidal Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
ZGYTZ147 1400 x 720 x 700 £440
ZGYTZ168 1600 x 720 x 800 £480
Rectangular D-End Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
ZGYR127 1200 x 720 x 700 £428
ZGYR128 1200 x 720 x 800 £444
ZGYR147 1400 x 720 x 700 £456
ZGYR148 1400 x 720 x 800 £474
ZGYR167 1600 x 720 x 700 £462
ZGYR168 1600 x 720 x 800 £480
Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
ZGYDE147 1400 x 720 x 700 £462
ZGYDE168 1600 x 720 x 800 £485
Delta Beech/ Oak/ WhiteCode W x H x D (mm) Silver Frame
Realising the need for re-configurable meeting facilities this training and conference room furniture fits the bill precisely. A huge range of colours are available in MFC tops to sit on a welded underframe, and 40mm diameter tubular legs.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular TrapezoidalCode W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
Delivered within 25 working days. Certain exceptions see page 2.
For a truly stylish table, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.
Choice of shapes, sizes
& heights
Enviro Tables - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colourCode Product Dimensions mm Weight Available Heights £ Description Length x width KG 760mm 710mm 640mm 590mm 530mm 460mm
Prime provides an ideal solution for the meeting room. Featuring table top surfaces at 36mm thick, and a full choice of storage facilities to ensure that all of your requirements can be met from one complete range.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
E Space MFC Finish
Cappuccino
CAP
5year
guarantee
Prime MFC Finish
Lucida Pear
LP
E Space offers a modern solution to a meeting room or an executive office. Substantially designed with a 36mm finely detailed MFC top, and 50mm leg panels, these tables will provide a solid investment.
E Space Circular Meeting Table
E Space Conference Table
Code Dimensions Dia x H (mm) £
ZES609 1200 x 750 382
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZES608 2200 x 750 x 1000 470
Prime Oval Conference TableCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZWSPM135 1800 x 750 x 900 314
ZWSPM136 2400 x 750 x 1000 413
Delivery and installation included
ZWSPM135
ZES608
ZES609
140-141 E Space Prime Totum (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 11:11
1 4 1
Totummeeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Totum is a range of boardroom tables using tubular or pillar-based legs. Cable management options are available.
Delivery and installation included
5year
guarantee
MFC Finishes
Light Oak Verade Oak
Autumn Cherry
Apple Ash Walnut GreyMaple Beech Nebraska White
Leg Frames
SilverWhite
Tubular or pillar-based leg options
Double D-Ended Boardroom Column Leg Tables Double D-Ended Boardroom Pillar Based TablesCode W x H x D (mm) £
LLBD6 6 Seater 1800 x 727 x 1200 405
LLBD8 8 Seater 2400 x 727 x 1200 451
LLBD10 10 Seater 3200 x 727 x 1200 963
LLBD12 12 Seater 4000 x 727 x 1200 1012
LLBD14 14 Seater 4800 x 727 x 1200 1133
LLBD16 16 Seater 5600 x 727 x 1200 1338
LLBD18 18 Seater 6400 x 727 x 1200 1616
LLBD20 20 Seater 7200 x 727 x 1200 1665
Code W x H x D (mm) £
LTBD6 6 Seater 1800 x 727 x 1200 652
LTBD8 8 Seater 2400 x 727 x 1200 696
For other sizes and shapes contact sales.
NB Please enquire about power module cutouts if required when ordering.
140-141 E Space Prime Totum (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 11:11
1 4 2
Conference meeting & conference
Realising the need for stylish environments these tables fit the bill precisely.
Practical and affordable, choose from a selection of meeting tables that are the perfect solution for any meeting, conference or training room.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
An ideal solution for conference, meeting and training environments.
Barrel Table - Wooden LegsCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBT2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 410
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Boardroom Table - Metal LegsCode W x H x D (mm) £
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Simple and elegant design
Oval Conference Table Double D Ended Conference TableCode W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
OVT24 2400 x 725 x 1200 1146 1774
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
DDT24 2400 x 725 x 1200 1146 1774
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Barrel Shaped Conference Table Double D Ended Conference TableCode W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
BST24 2400 x 725 x 1200 1146 1774
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
CONF2AL 3400 x 725 x 1200 1631 2530
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people.
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections.
5year
guarantee
MFC Colours Veneer Colours
Ash AshBeech Silver Autumn Cherry
Walnut WalnutOak OakWenge GreyWhite
A/S A/SVB/S W/S W/SVS/S O/S O/SVC/S WE/S G/SWH/S
The Windsor traditional range of tables gives a distinct appeal to any meeting or boardroom.
Perfectly refined quality and the hand finished touch give Windsor an air of grace.
Choose your style with our range of High/ Low Benches and Stools which have been expertly designed and crafted.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
New for 2017
Contact sales for
chair details
5year
guarantee
MFC Colours
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Walnut
W/SMetalwork Frame Colours
Silver
SF
Black
BF
+5%
White
WF
+5%
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
Grey
G/S
144-145 High Low Benches and Screens - Natta (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 13:47
Nattameeting & conference
Upholstered Bench Seat - Walnut Finish
High Meeting Table - Walnut Finish
1 4 5
Codes £
NA-1 573
Height: 490 Seat Height: 490
Seat Depth: 500 Depth: 540
Width: 1280
Other Wood & Fabric Available.
Ask Sales For Details
Codes £
NAT-1 1261
Height: 760 Depth: 900 Width: 1550
Other Wood & Top Finishes Available.
Ask Sales For Details
Upholstery: Zig Zag - Multi
Natta offers a solution to a variety of functions and applications. With its simplicity of form it can achieve a subtle effect and still provide an excellent solution to any meeting environment.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
New for 2017
144-145 High Low Benches and Screens - Natta (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 13:47
Aerofoil meeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Aerofoil Boardroom Table
Aerofoil Boardroom Table
Aerofoil Boardroom Table
1 4 6
Excellent Quality & Value
Codes W x H x D (mm) Veneer £ MFC £
ABT26 2600 x 725 x 1300 2722 1865
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people.
Codes W x H x D (mm) Veneer £ MFC £
ABT40 4000 x 725 x 1300 4139 2855
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 12 people.
Supplied in 2 x 2000mm sections.
Codes W x H x D (mm) MFC £
ABT28 2800 x 725 x 1300 1932
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people.
Power Module in closed position
Silver with Grey Trim /S(Standard)
Black with Black Trim /B(4 Week Lead Time)
White with Grey Trim /W(4 Week Lead Time)
Power Module Type 1Code £ Code £ Code £
PPM2/S 220 PPM2/B 241 PPM2/W 241
2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused.
Power Module Type 2Code £ Code £ Code £
PPM4/S 317 PPM4/B 348 PPM4/W 348
4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused.
Power & Data Module Type 1Code £ Code £ Code £
PPMD2/S 335 PPMD2/B 355 PPMD2/W 355
2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.
Power & Data Module Type 2Code £ Code £ Code £
PPMD4/S 381 PPMD4/B 412 PPMD4/W 412
4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable. One year guarantee on all electrical Items.
Octagonal Conference Table - One Piece Top Rectangular Meeting Table - Supplied in Two Sections
Rectangular Rectangular Meeting Table - One Piece Top
Codes W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
ROCT2400 2400 x 725 x 1000 1610 1931
ROCT2600 2600 x 725 x 1200 1664 1996
ROCT2800 2800 x 725 x 1200 1730 2077
ROCT3000 3000 x 725 x 1400 2495 2994
ROCT3000 Features a shared cable tray
Reflexmeeting & conference
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
See page 146 for colour options
1 4 7
Make an impression with stylish Reflex range of boardroom, conference and meeting tables. Choose from a range of finishes, plus complementary executive chairs and desking systems.
• Tapered angled legs with steel-subframe.
• Adjustable leveling feet.
• Supplied with horizontal three channel cable management when ordered with a Power Module. (See Page 146)
Boardroom Table - Rectangular Top With Rea Base Boardroom Table - Barrel Top with Arrowhead Base
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CTR3214/RB 3200 x 735 x 1400 3251 3578 4473
CTR3414/RB 3400 x 735 x 1400 3414 3753 4692
CTR3614/RB 3600 x 735 x 1400 3585 3945 4930
CTR3814/RB 3800 x 735 x 1400 3762 4138 5173
CTR4014/RB 4000 x 735 x 1400 3951 4347 5434
Other sizes and shapes available. Please ask sales for details.
Hollow Base 100mm thick
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NTB2010/AR 2000 x 735 x 1000 1832 2014 2518
NTB2412/AR 2400 x 735 x 1200 2209 2430 3038
NTB3214/AR 3200 x 735 x 1400 3211 3533 4417
NTB4014/AR 4000 x 735 x 1400 3902 4291 5364
Other sizes and shapes available. Please ask sales for details.
New for 2017
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Barrel Tables - Blythe BaseBarrel Tables - Blythe Base
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CTB3012/BL 3000 x 735 x 1200 3357 3693 4617
CTB3814/BL 3800 x 735 x 1400 4516 4968 6210
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CTB2010/BL 2000 x 735 x 1000 2223 2446 3058
CTB2412/BL 2400 x 735 x 1200 2685 2955 3693
Other sizes and shapes available. Please ask sales
for details.
While manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be guaranteed.Veneer Finishes - Band 1 Veneer Finishes - Band 2 Veneer Finishes - Band 3
Acoustic Study PodThis new study range is a flexible solution for all.
An outstanding selection of Breakout and Landscape seating systems designed to provide the perfect solution to small and large breakout and reception areas. Whether your requirement is for a library, informal meeting or just a quiet space to work there is a flexible solution for all in this section.
2017 Range Highlights
ButtonA modern stylish, contemporary sofa and armchair perfect for any modern interior.
Breakout and Landscape
Fifteen Environment Page 172
Button Page 159
1 5 0
150-151 Breakout and Landscape (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 18:55
PhonicPages 164-165
Fifteen Environment Pages 172-173
Dot & DashPage 152
DishyPage 157
Acoustic Walls Page 174
Acoustic Study Pod Page 175
Fence Pages 166-167
Tandem Page 153
Me, Myself & IPage 158
Evo Pages 168-169
Stretch Pages 160-161
Intro Pages 154-155
Button Page 159
HenRay Pages 170-171
Cascara Pages 162-163
Contract ShapesPage 152
Spirit Lite Page 156
breakout & landscape
1 5 1
150-151 Breakout and Landscape (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 18:55
Contract Shapes
Dot & Dash
Due to the manufacturing technique and materials used, these products are over 50% lighter than conventional blocks. Build your own configuration from the selection below or create a bespoke option by requesting it from our sales team.
Incorporating a modern, space saving design, Dot & Dash are the stylish compact answer to any contemporary reception, touch down or breakout area. As the names imply, Dot has a tubular design, while its partner Dash is a compact square. Dot & Dash have padded foam seats for exceptional comfort.
breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 2
Chunk
Moon Circle / Square
Dot Stool with Legs
Code £
OF0207 Fabric 266
Height: 460 Width: 500 Depth: 500
Code £
OF0214 Fabric 266
Height: 460 Width: 500 Depth: 500
Code £
OF0216 Circle 160
Height: 460 Depth: 500
OF0215 Square 160
Height: 460 Width: 500 Depth: 500
Code £
DOT/CRLEGS 198
Code £
OF0208 Fabric 266
Height: 460 Width: 500 Depth: 500
Code £
OF0213 Fabric 266
Height: 460 Width: 500 Depth: 500
Code £
DASH/CRLEGS 204
Orb
Bow
Dash Stool with Legs
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Contract and Economy Shapes are priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.Available in wipe clean vinyl, perfect for Healthcare and educational environments where hygiene is a priority. Also available in any fabric or vinyl of your choice through the Unlimited Fabric service.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Economy Shapes
Extra Light Construction
Build your own configuration
5year
guarantee
152-153 Contract Dot Dash & Tandem (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:25
Perfect for Breakout & Reception
Tandem
Tandem defines and sets the parameters.
With its under cut design and central cube the units configure into a multiplicity of shapes and layouts.
breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 3
114kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
TND02TND01
Two Seater BenchCode £
TND01 Silver Satin Finish 240
Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet
Height: 450 Width: 1230 Depth: 430
Code £
TND02 Silver Satin Finish 190
Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet
Height: 450 Width: 430 Depth: 430
Link
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Note:
Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves.
We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
152-153 Contract Dot Dash & Tandem (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:25
Intro breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 4
Single Bench
Single Chair
Double Bench
Double Chair
Treble Bench
Double Chair
Code £
INT300 281
Height: 430 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
INT301 376
Height: 770 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
INT304 404
Height: 430 Width: 1200 Depth: 770
Code £
INT321 Left Hand 500
Height: 770 Width: 1220 Depth: 770
Code £
INT320 490
Height: 430 Width: 1520 Depth: 770
Code £
INT322 Right Hand 500
Height: 770 Width: 1220 Depth: 770
A modular system with endless possibilities of configuration with the use of 90 degree planning pieces. Units are available without backrests to create bench style seating. Power and data modules increase the versatility of this product, see page 167.
• Modular Seating System• Fully Upholstered• Sled Base with Felt Pads• Satin Silver Finish• Chrome Finish Option
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
154-155 Intro (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:27
With Power and Data Module
Aluminium Roll Over Lid
2 x 13 Amp Power Sockets
2 x Data Cable Ports
Introbreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 5
Double Chair
Single Chair
Double Chair
90 Degree End - Central/End Leg
Double Chair
Single Seat
45 Degree Link - No Leg
Free Standing Arm
Double Chair
Double Chair
90 Degree Link - With Leg
Free Standing Arm
Code £
INT305 559
Height: 770 Width: 1220 Depth: 770
Code £
INT302 Left Hand Arm 469
Height: 770 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
INT307 Right Hand Arm 665
Height: 770 Width: 1520 Depth: 770
Code £
INT310 1 Pair of Connecting Brackets 393
Height: 430 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
INT323 Left Hand Back Rest & Arm 632
Height: 770 Width: 1520 Depth: 770
Code £
INT303 Right Hand Arm 469
Height: 770 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
INT308 2 Pairs of Connecting Brackets 285
Height: 430 Width: 570 Depth: 770
Code £
INT330 Nylon Glides 427
Height: 570 Width: 270 Depth: 770
Code £
INT324 Right Hand Back Rest & Arm 632
Height: 770 Width: 1520 Depth: 770
Code £
INT306 Left Hand Arm 665
Height: 770 Width: 1520 Depth: 770
Code £
INT309 2 Pairs of Connecting Brackets 351
Height: 430 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
INT331 Nylon Glides 795
Height: 570 Width: 270 Depth: 770
5year
guarantee
Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
Linking Kit: Code: INT/LINK £22Kit consists of: 2 x Linking Plates 8 x M6x25 Screws
Two Tone Upholstery is 10% extra.
Chrome Finish Option: Code: (C) £206 per unit
154-155 Intro (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:27
Spirit Lite breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 6
Swivel Base Chair Wire Base Chair Chrome Pedestal Base Chair
Four Leg Stool
Code £
STL1C Fully Upholstered 507
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base with Glides
Back Height: 370 Seat Height: 440
Seat Depth: 480 Overall Depth: 680
Overall Width: 570 Back Width: 540
Code £
STL2C Fully Upholstered 461
Chrome Wire Base
Back Height: 370 Seat Height: 440
Seat Depth: 480 Overall Depth: 680
Overall Width: 570 Back Width: 540
Spirit Frosted Glass Top Table Spirit Wooden Top TableCode £
ST10C Chrome Wire Base 351
Height: 420 Depth: 680 Width: 680
Code £
ST11C Chrome Wire Base 251
Height: 420 Depth: 680 Width: 680
Code £
STL3C Fully Upholstered 567
Chrome Pedestal Base Swivel
Back Height: 370 Seat Height: 440
Seat Depth: 480 Overall Depth: 680
Overall Width: 570 Back Width: 540
Code £
STS1C Fully Upholstered 434
Four Leg Stool Chrome Frame
Back Height: 250 Seat Height: 790
Seat Depth: 430 Overall Depth: 490
Overall Width: 490 Back Width: 390
Providing seated comfort with relaxed softness and stylish clear design, Spirit Lite offers many variants by combining fabrics and frame options. A distinctive range of seating which will compliment a wide variety of environments giving unique character.
5year
guarantee
Perfect for Breakout or Reception
Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves.
We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
156-157 Spirit Lite & Dishy (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:30
Dishybreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 7
Other Coffee Tables Available:Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables £
DISHYCOFFEE/W White Legs 215
H365 x D600 x W900
DISHYCOFFEE/CR Chrome Legs 234
H365 x D600 x W900
Long Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables
DISHYCOFFEE/L/W White Legs 249
H365 x D600 x W1200
DISHYCOFFEE/L/CR Chrome Legs 271
H365 x D600 x W1200
DISHYCOFFEE/L/W shown in picture.
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Dishy is a stylish seating solution for corporate or hotel environments. A high and low back chair, with swivel or 4 legged base is presented with a sofa and matching table range.
Low Back 4 Legged Frame Chair
High Back Swivel Frame Chair
Low Back Swivel Frame Chair
Sofa 4 Legged
High Back 4 Legged Frame Chair
Round Coffee Table
Code £
DISHY1/4LEG/W White Frame 653
DISHY1/4LEG/CR Chrome Frame 675
Overall Height: 756
Overall Depth: 654
Overall Width: 781
Code £
DISHY2/SWIVEL/W White Frame 896
DISHY2/SWIVEL/CR Chrome Frame 976
Overall Height: 934
Overall Depth: 696
Overall Width: 783
Code £
DISHY1/SWIVEL/W White Frame 874
DISHY1/SWIVEL/CR Chrome Frame 954
Overall Height: 753
Overall Depth: 664
Overall Width: 781
Code £
DISHYSOFA/W White Frame 1057
DISHYSOFA/CR Chrome Frame 1106
Overall Height: 751
Overall Depth: 664
Overall Width: 1600
Code £
DISHY2/4LEG/W White Frame 674
DISHY2/4LEG/CR Chrome Frame 697
Overall Height: 938
Overall Depth: 696
Overall Width: 783
Code £
DISHYCIRC/W White Base 323
DISHYCIRC/CR Chrome Base 383
Height: 365 Diameter: 750
Table Top Options:
White, Oak, Beech, Maple, or Walnut
156-157 Spirit Lite & Dishy (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:30
Me, Myself & I breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 8
Low Back Upholstered Chair
Wooden Square Table
Medium Back Upholstered Chair
Wooden Rectangular Table
High Back Upholstered ChairCode £
MMI-01 Wooden Four Leg Base 527
Upholstered Arms, Natural Finish
Height: 750 Width: 780 Depth: 700
Code £
MMIT-1 Four Leg Wooden Frame 420
White Table Top, Natural Finish
Height: 400 Width: 555 Depth: 555
Code £
MMI-02 Wooden Four Leg Base 543
Upholstered Arms, Natural Finish
Height: 850 Width: 780 Depth: 700
Code £
MMIT-2 Four Leg Wooden Frame 647
White Table Top, Natural Finish
Height: 400 Width: 1295 Depth: 555
Code £
MMI-03 Wooden Four Leg Base 564
Upholstered Arms, Natural Finish
Height: 950 Width: 780 Depth: 700
With the growth of open and breakout areas in the office space, and the lean towards more contemporary seating styles, Me, myself & I with it’s three back heights provides a relaxed and collective seating solution.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Other wood finishes are available. Grey: Luxe - Shield (NB. two tone upholstery (as shown) is 10% extra).Orange: Luxe - Countess (NB. two tone upholstery (as shown) is 10% extra).The Two Tone Upholstery (2T) Option, for Me, Myself & I features the arms, back and seat piping in the first colour with the seat cushion and buttons in the second colour.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 5 9
Armchair SofaCode £
OF0701 885
Seat Height: 410 Seat Width: 625 Seat Depth: 530
Back Height: 340 Back Width: 625
Code £
OF0703 1314
Seat Height: 410 Seat Width: 1820 Seat Depth: 530
Back Height: 340 Back Width: 1820
A modern stylish, contemporary sofa and armchair perfect for any modern interior. Available in any fabric to compliment our extensive range of seating.
5year
component guarantee
2year
fabric guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 0
Armchair
2 Seat with Left Arm Only
2 Seat with Arms
2 Seat with Right Arm Only
3 Seat with Arms
3 Seat with Left Arm Only
Code £
STRETCH1 Fabric 935
Height: 770 Width: 1000 Depth: 800
Code £
STRETCH2/L Fabric 1325
Height: 770 Width: 1470 Depth: 800
Code £
STRETCH2 Fabric 1475
Height: 770 Width: 1750 Depth: 800
Code £
STRETCH2/R Fabric 1325
Height: 770 Width: 1470 Depth: 800
Code £
STRETCH3 Fabric 1807
Height: 770 Width: 2340 Depth: 800
Code £
STRETCH3/L Fabric 1628
Height: 770 Width: 2070 Depth: 800
With eight individual pieces shown opposite, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Silver, Beech or Oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available. The Noah range of solid wooden tables below is an ideal companion for Stretch seating.
160-161 Stretch (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:37
Solid Wooden Tables are an
ideal companion
Stretchbreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 1
3 Seat with Right Arm Only
Noah Coffee Table in Black Ash
Corner Unit
Noah Coffee Table in Oak
Code £
STRETCH3/R Fabric 1628
Height: 770 Width: 2070 Depth: 800
Code £
NOAHTAB/AB Table in Black Ash 830
Height: 420 Width: 1200 Depth: 650
Code £
STRETCHCO Fabric 998
Height: 770 Width: 800 Depth: 800
Code £
NOAHTAB/O Table in Oak 1050
Height: 420 Width: 1200 Depth: 650
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend lower bands for this seating product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Options Leg options
Square Cushion £70 SIF Silver (400mm x 400mm) B Beech
Bolster £70 O Oak (450mm x 150mm)
160-161 Stretch (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:37
Cascara breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 2
Our Cascara visitor and lounge chair range of fully upholstered seating consisting of medium or high back styles in swivel or four legged versions gives a stylish and modern design.
Features:
• Veneered or Upholstered Shell
• CMHR Foam
• Protective Felt Pads
• Chrome 4 Star Swivel Base
• Stylish Wooden Frames
Shown with coloured Deep Buttoning
/DBH: Deep Buttoning High Back: Add £400
/DBM: Deep Buttoning Medium Back: Add £300
Circular Coffee Table Squircle Coffee TableCode £
CT11/CIR08 428
800mm Diameter 25mm MFC
Circular Top, Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base
Protective Feet
H425 W800 D800
Code £
CT11/SQC06 600 x 600 25mm MFC 418
CT11/SQC08 800 x 800 25mm MFC 429
Squircle Top, Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base
Protective Feet
H425
Perfect for Breakout & Reception
A stylish yet modern design in Swivel or 4 leg
162-163 Cascara (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:39
High Quality Visitor & Lounge
Chairs
Cascarabreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 3
High Back Swivel Chair
High Back Swivel Chair
Footstool on Chromed Base
Medium Back Swivel Chair
Medium Back Swivel Chair
Footstool on Wooden 4 Leg
High Back 4 Leg Frame
High Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Code £
CASHBSWWA Fabric 920
CASHBSWWA Leather 1148
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
H1010 W680 D680
Code £
CASHBSWFU Fabric 807
CASHBSWFU Leather 1262
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
H1010 W680 D680
Code £
CASFSCH Fabric 519
CASFSCH Leather 638
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
H570 W630 D475
Code £
CASSWWA Fabric 807
CASSWWA Leather 1019
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
H760 W680 D680
Code £
CASSWFU Fabric 727
CASSWFU Leather 1114
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
H760 W680 D680
Code £
CASFSWL Fabric 519
CASFSWL Leather 638
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
H540 W630 D580
Code £
CASHBWLWA Fabric 920
CASHBWLWA Leather 1148
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
H1020 W630 D600
Code £
CASHBWLFU Fabric 807
CASHBWLFU Leather 1262
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
H1020 W630 D600
Code £
CASWLWA Fabric 807
CASWLWA Leather 1019
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
H770 W630 D600
Code £
CASWLFU Fabric 727
CASWLFU Leather 1114
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
H770 W630 D600
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Coffee Table MFC Finishes
Ash Beech Silver WalnutAutumn Cherry
Oak Wenge GreyWhite
A/S B/S C/S S/S O/S W/S WE/S G/SWH/S
Leg Options
/BE: Beech Leg: Add £0
/WA: Walnut Leg: Add £21
/WE: Wenge Leg: Add £26
/WH: White Leg: Add £37Shown with Deep Buttoning - see opposite
162-163 Cascara (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:39
Phonic breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 4
Phonic is an enclosed high back acoustic booth with optional additional extras transforming it from a sofa into a multimedia enabled acoustic meeting space. Available through our Unlimited Fabric Service ensures it will compliment your existing interior.
High Back Functional Meeting Space
Phonic High Single Seat Pod Phonic High Two Seat Pod Phonic High Three Seat PodCode £
OF1901 892
Height: 420 Width: 1670 Depth: 550
Code £
OF1902 1222
Height: 420 Width: 1670 Depth: 550
Code £
OF1903 1384
Height: 420 Width: 1670 Depth: 550
OptionSockets £59 each
164-165 Phonic (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:41
From a sofa into a multimedia enabled
acoustic meeting space
Phonicbreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 5
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Frame finish
Silver
230kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
5recommended
hour usage
Phonic Low Single Seater Phonic Low Two Seater
Phonic Low Three Seater
Code £
OF1900 1200 x 750 730
Code £
OF1904 1029
Code £
OF1905 1234
OptionSockets £59 each
Option
164-165 Phonic (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:41
A solution to small & large breakout or reception areas
Fence breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 6
One Seat Unit
One Seat Unit with Back & Side
Two Seat Sofa
Two Seat Sofa with Back & Side
Three Seat Sofa
Three Seat Sofa with Back & Side
Code £
FN-01 840
Height: 780 Width: 900 Depth: 750
Code £
FN-11 Back & Side Screen 1480
Height: 1440 Width: 1020 Depth: 810
Code £
FN-02 1100
Height: 780 Width: 1500 Depth: 750
Code £
FN-12 Back & Side Screen 2410
Height: 1440 Width: 1620 Depth: 810
Code £
FN-03 1361
Height: 780 Width: 2250 Depth: 750
Code £
FN-13 Back & Side Screen 3191
Height: 1440 Width: 2370 Depth: 810
Relax.....
Meet.....
A wonderful seating system designed to provide the perfect solution to small and large breakout and reception areas. The range features single units for intimate areas and much larger configurations where space is adequate.
The option of a back with side screens provides even more privacy making Fence a very versatile range with Tubular Steel Legs & Sateen Silver Finish - today’s practical solution.
166-167 Fence (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:44
Private.....Discuss.....
Fencebreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 7
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Optional LegsChrome Metal Legs (C) £238Beech Wooden Legs (NT) £271Walnut Wooden Legs (WL) £271Product shown with Walnut Wooden Legs (WL)
PixelPX10 1 x UK Socket (Fused at 3.15A), 3 Metre Lead to 13A UK Plug, Black. £211PX12 1 x UK Socket (Fused at 3.15A), Twin USB Fast Charger (2.3A Max Load), 3 Metre Lead to 13A UK Plug, Black. £376
PumaPU22 2 x UK Socket (Fused at 3.15A). Twin USB Fast Charger (2.3A Max Load). 3 Metre Lead to 13A UK Plug, Grey. £309PU24 2 x UK Socket (Fused at 3.15A). 2 x CAT6 RJ45 UTP Outlet. 3 Metre Lead to 13A UK Plug, Grey. £374
Two Seat Booth
5 Seat L-Shaped Unit
8 Seat U-Shaped Unit
Four Seat Booth
5 Seat L-Shaped Unit with Back & Side
Six Seat Booth
8 Seat U-Shaped Unit
Code £
FN-22 Back & Side Screen 2774
Height: 1440 Width: 1020 Depth: 2430
Code £
FN-35 2461
Height: 780 Width: 2250 Depth: 2250
Code £
FN-68 Back & Side Screen 8792
Height: 1440 Width: 2370 Depth: 3120
Code £
FN-24 Back & Side Screen 5142
Height: 1440 Width: 1620 Depth: 2430
Code £
FN-45 Back & Side Screen 5282
Height: 1440 Width: 2370 Depth: 2370
Code £
FN-26 Back & Side Screen 6703
Height: 1440 Width: 2370 Depth: 2430
Code £
FN-58 3821
Height: 780 Width: 2250 Depth: 3000
166-167 Fence (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 17:44
Evo breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 8
With creative use of fabric you can make Evo suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment. Stylish but affordable, simple yet clever, Evo Modular System is easy to link using a combination of seat units in varying shapes and sizes. These units have endless possibilities, and is an effective way of seating many people in reception and waiting areas..
• Modular Seating System• Multiple Configuration Options• Fully Upholstered• Fire Retardant CMHR Foam• Wooden Frame Structure• Protective Feet• Chrome Leg
Perfect for Reception &
Waiting Areas
One Seater
90 Degree
Two Seater
180 Degree
Three Seater
90 Degree Curved
45 DegreeCode £
EVO2 553
H: 450 W: 750 D: 750
Code £
EVO6 601
H: 450 W: 1065 D: 750
Code £
EVO3 576
H: 450 W: 1200 D: 750
Code £
EVO7 809
H: 450 W: 1500 D: 750
Code £
EVO4 699
H: 450 W: 1700 D: 750
Code £
EVO8 889
H: 450 W: 1000 D: 1000
Code £
EVO5 476
H: 450 W: 530 D: 750
168-169 Evo (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 17:46
Stylish but affordable -
Simple yet clever!
Evobreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 6 9
One Seater Full Back
90 Degree Curved Full Back
Two Seater Full Back
Three Seater Full Back
Two Seater Full Back
180 Degree with Back
Two Seater Full Back
Three Seater Full Back
One Seater Full Back
One Seater Full Back
Corner with Full Back
One Seater Full Back
Two Seater Full Back
Code £
EVO10 814
H: 750 W: 750 D: 750
Code £
EVO14 1440
H: 750 W: 1000 D: 1000
Code £
EVO22 Left Arm 1058
H: 450 W: 1350 D: 750
Code £
EVO33 With Arms 1474
H: 750 W: 2000 D: 750
Code £
EVO11 889
H: 750 W: 1200 D: 750
Code £
EVO15 1021
H: 750 W: 1500 D: 750
Code £
EVO25 Right Arm 1058
H: 450 W: 1350 D: 750
Code £
EVO12 1143
H: 450 W: 1700 D: 750
Code £
EVO21 Left Arm 817
H: 750 W: 900 D: 750
Code £
EVO31 With Arms 984
H: 750 W: 900 D: 750
Code £
EVO13 1064
H: 750 W: 750 D: 750
Code £
EVO24 Right Arm 817
H: 750 W: 900 D: 750
Code £
EVO32 With Arms 1223
H: 750 W: 1500 D: 750
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 7 0
HenRay is a sharp and stylish soft seating collection. High back units offer comfort and privacy and suite perfectly with low back seating, benches and tables. Curved modules and booths complete the extensive collection to create large landscape configurations ideal for meeting and public spaces and a glass-topped table completes the collection.
Low Back Single Seater High Back Single Seater Bench Two Seater Low Back Two SeaterCode £
HRLB1 1703
H: 770 W: 930 D: 700
Code £
HRHB1 2491
H: 1340 W: 930 D: 700
Code £
HRBEN2 1320
H: 440 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRLB2/NOARM No Arms 1715
H: 770 W: 1650 D: 700
Low Back Two Seater Low Back Two Seater Low Back Two Seater High Back Two SeaterCode £
HRLB2L Left Arm 1898
H: 770 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRLB2R Right Arm 1898
H: 770 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRLB2 Two Arms 2082
H: 770 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRHB2/NOARM No Arms 2238
H: 1340 W: 1650 D: 700
High Back Two Seater High Back Two Seater High Back Two Seater Low Back Three SeaterCode £
HRHB2L Left Arm 2650
H: 1340 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRHB2R Right Arm 2650
H: 1340 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRHB2 Two Arms 3062
H: 1340 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HRHB3/NOARM No Arms 2076
H: 770 W: 2110 D: 700
Priced in Band 3 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
For the best results we only recommend Band 3 and above fabrics are used on these units.
• 28 individual modules
• Two-tone fabric options
• Aluminium or white powder coated legs (A) Aluminium (W) White
• Power & data requirements are available (price on application)
• Fully webbed seat, CMHR foam
5year
guarantee
170-171 HenRay (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 09:32
HenRaybreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 7 1
Low Back Three Seater
High Back Three Seater
450 Curved High Back
Display Screen Unit
Low Back Three Seater
High Back Three Seater
900 Curved High Back
Display Screen Unit
Low Back Three Seater
High Back Three Seater
900 Curved High Back
Table
High Back Three Seater
450 Curved Low Back
Glass Top Table
Table
Code £
HRLB3L Left Arm 2249
H: 770 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRHB3L Left Arm 3057
H: 1340 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRCHB45 2114
H: 1340 W: 1160 D: 740
Code £
HRSCREEN 875
H: 1185 W: 1000 D: 143
Code £
HRLB3R Right Arm 2249
H: 770 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRHB3R Right Arm 3057
H: 1340 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRCLB90 2394
H: 770 W: 2121 D: 935
Code £
HRSCREENTV 1176
H: 1185 W: 1000 D: 143
Code £
HRLB3 Twin Arms 2422
H: 770 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRHB3 Twin Arms 3611
H: 1340 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRCHB90 3278
H: 1340 W: 2121 D: 935
Code £
HR2TAB 322
H: 730 W: 1250 D: 900
Code £
HRHB3/NOARM No Arms 2503
H: 1340 W: 2110 D: 700
Code £
HRCLB45 1591
H: 770 W: 1160 D: 740
Code £
HRT2 1992
H: 360 W: 1650 D: 700
Code £
HR3TAB 401
H: 730 W: 1700 D: 900
WITH TV
BRACKET
WITH
UPHOLSTERED
PADS
170-171 HenRay (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 09:32
The solution for hospitality and leisure markets
Fifteen Environment breakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 7 2
Two Seat Low Back Diner Unit
Four Seat Low Back Diner Unit
Two Seat High Back Diner Unit
Four Seat High Back Diner Unit
Single Diner Table - MFC Top
Double Diner Table - MFC Top
Code £
15-E-20 Upholstered Back Panel 1094
Height: 860 Width: 800 Depth: 2050
Code £
15-E-40 Upholstered Back Panel 1702
Height: 860 Width: 800 Depth: 2050
Code £
15-E-21 Upholstered Back Panel 1545
Height: 1330 Width: 800 Depth: 2050
Code £
15-E-41 Upholstered Back Panel 2115
Height: 1330 Width: 1300 Depth: 2050
Code £
15-E-1T Chrome Disc Base 378
Height: 720 Width: 670 Depth: 600
Code £
15-E-2T Chrome Disc Base 441
Height: 720 Width: 1200 Depth: 600
Fifteen is a soft seating range designed for the office furniture, hospitality and leisure markets, comprising free-standing and modular elements. The range includes low back and high back units, which can incorporate an integral side screen and table.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 7 4
1020mm High
1800mm High
1500mm High
2100mm High
Code £
AS10WAL2M Depth: 1000 x Width: 2000 2776
AS10WAL3M Depth: 1000 x Width: 3000 3473
AS10WAL4M Depth: 1000 x Width: 4000 4145
Code £
AS18WAL2M Depth: 1000 x Width: 2000 4800
AS18WAL3M Depth: 1000 x Width: 3000 5973
AS18WAL4M Depth: 1000 x Width: 4000 5090
Code £
AS15WAL2M Depth: 1000 x Width: 2000 4215
AS15WAL3M Depth: 1000 x Width: 3000 5242
AS15WAL4M Depth: 1000 x Width: 4000 6269
Code £
AS21WAL2M Depth: 1000 x Width: 2000 5615
AS21WAL3M Depth: 1000 x Width: 3000 6992
AS21WAL4M Depth: 1000 x Width: 4000 8369
Open plan office design requires noise reduction and space division. Our acoustic walls perform both functions in an elegant, contemporary and desirable way. Being modular, the walls can be constructed to any size and shape with a fabric finish of your choice. Suitable for concealment of necessary amenities, the creation of meeting spaces or department division walls.
5year
component guarantee
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
174-175 Acoustic Wall & Pod (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 09:36
Acoustic Study Podbreakout & landscape
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 7 5
1 Person 1000mm Width
2 Person 2800mm Width
1 Person 1400mm Width 2 Person 2000mm WidthCode Includes 1 Top £
AS1010SP/AS1000SDT D 800 x H 1020 2233
AS1015SP/AS1000SDT D 800 x H 1500 2735
AS1018SP/AS1000SDT D 800 x H 1800 3593
Code Includes 2 Tops £
AS1410SC/2AS1400SDT D 800 x H 1020 4604
AS1415SC/2AS1400SDT D 800 x H 1500 6044
AS1418SC/2AS1400SDT D 800 x H 1800 7997
Code Includes 1 Top £
AS1410SP/AS1400SDT D 800 x H 1020 2725
AS1415SP/AS1400SDT D 800 x H 1500 3200
AS1418SP/AS1400SDT D 800 x H 1800 4381
Code Includes 2 Tops £
AS1010SC/2AS1000SDT D 800 x H 1020 3849
AS1015SC/2AS1000SDT D 800 x H 1500 5169
AS1018SC/2AS1000SDT D 800 x H 1800 6627
25mm Top Thickness 600mm Desk Top Depth730mm Desk HeightPriced in Band 2 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
Whether your requirement is for a library, university or just a quiet space to work, the new study range is a flexible solution for all. Build your own acoustic unit to suit your exact requirement; Any shape, any size and for any function.
Top Finishes
White
Grey Oak
Beech
Light Walnut
Oak
Dark Walnut
5year
component guarantee
2year
fabric guarantee
Build your own acoustic units, any
shape any size
174-175 Acoustic Wall & Pod (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 14:31
ImpressionsA wide range of superb wood veneer executive furniture designed for the modern workplace.
NobleHand finished to provide a professional finish that will allow you to make a good impression.
This range includes all the essential executive furniture products, from a large bow fronted desk to meeting extensions and tables, cupboards and side filers. Also included is a choice of hard wearing MFC or beautiful traditional wood veneer.
The increasingly popular E Space and Windsor offer stylish and affordable executive furniture solutions.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 7 8
Bow Front Executive Desk
2 Drawer Side Filer
Return Shell
Top & Under Desk Pedestal
Desk High Cabinet
Connection Tops
Oval Conference Table
Code W x H x D £
ZWSPME389 1800 x 750 x 1050 438
Code W x H x D £
WSPME312 800 x 750 x 560 562
Code W x H x D £
WSPME392 890 x 750 x 590 194
Code W x H x D £
Top for Pedestal
WSPME166T 36mm thick 43
Under Desk Pedestal
WSPM166 400 x 714 x 550 246
Code W x H x D £
WSPME313 800 x 750 x 560 348
Code W x H x D £
Left Hand
WSPMECT (L) 900 x 36 x 1000 121
Right Hand
WSPMECT (R) 900 x 36 x 1000 121
Metal Black Leg
WSMLPL720-3E 720 x 75 48
Code W x H x D £
ZWSPM135 1800 x 750 x 900 314
ZWSPM136 2400 x 750 x 1000 413
This range is a simple and affordable executive group of furniture which adds style to any office. Choose from a desk extension, storage and table options to compliment the presence of this executive range with 36mm tops and panels.
Colour
Lucida Pear
LP5year
guarantee
Standard Features
Circular cable ports.
36mm thick tops.
Supplied without top to fit under desk
Makes desk height
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.
Tables and storage to
compliment the range
178-179 Prime Executive (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 09:38
1 7 9
178-179 Prime Executive (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 09:38
E Space executive furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 8 0
Executive Desk - with 3 Drawer Pedestal
Side Return - 3 Drawer Pedestal
Executive Desk
Mobile Pedestal - 2 Drawer
Side Return - 2 Drawer Pedestal
Mobile Pedestal - 3 Drawer
Executive Desk - with 2 Drawer Pedestal
Code W x H x D £
ZES601 - RH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 639
ZES603 - LH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 639
Code W x H x D £
ZES607 1380 x 700 x 480 381
For ZES604/ZES605
Code W x H x D £
ZES605 - RH 2200x750x1190 492
ZES604 - LH 2200x750x1190 492
Code W x H x D £
ES622 406 x 640 x 550 221
Code W x H x D £
ZES606 1380 x 700 x 480 407
For ZES604/ZES605
Code W x H x D £
ES621 406 x 640 x 550 203
Code W x H x D £
ZES600 - RH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 664
ZES602 - LH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 664
E Space is the modern, stylish and affordable executive office solution. With 36mm thick tops and substantial 50mm wide leg panels, E Space provides strength and presence for any executive environment.
Strength and presence for any executive environment
Colour
Cappuccino
5year
guarantee
Standard FeaturesBrushed aluminium handles.Pen tray drawer.Silver leg with height adjustment
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 8 4
Rectangular Desk
Secretarial Return
3 Drawer Low Mobile Pedestal
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation
Desk High Pedestals
3 Drawer Mobile Pedestal
Bow Fronted Rectangular Desk
2 Drawer Low Mobile Pedestal
4 Drawer Mobile Pedestal
Code W x H x D Veneer £
WR10 1000x725x800 546
WR12 1200x725x800 566
WR14 1400x725x800 585
WR16 1600x725x800 611
WR18 1800x725x800 604
Code W x H x D Veneer £
WSR10/6LH 1000x725x600 421
WSR10/6RH 1800x725x600 421
Code W x H x D Veneer £
MP3 420 x 460 x 600 405
3 Single drawers.
Code W x H x D Veneer £
Left Hand
WCB18LH 1800x725x1300 993
Right Hand
WCB18RH 1800x725x1300 993
Code W x H x D Veneer £
DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800 706
DHPF - Wooden Drawer 420x725x600 539
Code W x H x D Veneer £
DMPF 420 x 630 x 600 514
2 Single drawers & 1 filing drawer.
Code W x H x D Veneer £
WRB16 1600x725x900 881
WRB18 1800x725x900 901
Code W x H x D Veneer £
MPF 420 x 460 x 600 405
1 Single drawer & 1 filing drawer.
Code W x H x D Veneer £
DMP4 420 x 630 x 600 514
4 Single drawers.
The Windsor Veneer range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern day technology era. Integrating cable management outlets in the desk top allows for the use of IT equipment in multiple locations on the work surface. The desking range is manufactured using 25mm Veneer panels giving the product a quality and modern feel. As the product is manufactured from natural materials the desk will age with its surroundings making it look and feel like part of the environment.
25mmWork Tops
600mm return. Right hand shown.
Right hand shown
Veneer Colours
Walnut
5year
guarantee
Ash Oak
A/SVW/SV O/SVNB. Pedestals are lockable, and include 2 keys.
Real Wood Veneer is a natural product and shade matching cannot be guaranteed. Colour will change over time due to exposure to natural light
NobleA wide range of superb wood veneer executive desks designed for the modern workplace, suitable for many different layouts.
Hand polished to provide a professional finish that will allow you to make a good impression.
Many other sizes, styles and shapes are available. Please ask sales for details.
While manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be guaranteed.
executive furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Desk - Bow Top/ Full Modesty Panel
Mobile Pedestal - Includes Pen Tray. With Silver Crescent Handles.
Box drawers
Rectangular Desk - Straight Top/ Full Modesty Panel
Return Extension - Full Modesty Panel
1 8 8
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
N180 1800 x 735 x 800 1645 1809 2261
N200 2000 x 735 x 800 1730 1903 2379
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NR100 1000 x 735 x 600 828 912 1139
NR120 1200 x 735 x 600 869 956 1195
Left Hand Shown
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
N180BT 1800 x 735 x 975 1843 2028 2534
N200BT 2000 x 735 x 1000 1938 2131 2664
Cable ports are available in wood or silver metal at a cost of £113 each. Please specify at time of ordering.
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NP3DM 3 Draw 495 x 680 x 545 950 1044 1308
NP4DM 4 Draw 495 x 680 x 545 950 1044 1308
Veneer Finishes - Band 1 Veneer Finishes - Band 2 Veneer Finishes - Band 3
Maple Walnut Rose
Steamed Beech
Cherry Pippy OakNatural Walnut
KevisingaLight Oak Stormy OakWenge Walnut
Bow fronted modesty panel
available
New for 2017
Includes wooded pen
tray
• Hand finished
• 40mm Bullnose Edge
• 17mm Hardwood Lipping
• Full-depth Modesty Panels as standard
• Finished Backs on all Storage
5year
guarantee
188-189 Nimbus (17).indd 1 01/12/2016 15:02
Nobleexecutive furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Filing Cabinet
Internal Fitments
2 Door Cupboard - Including One Shelf. With Silver Crescent Handles.
Glass Fronted Bookcase - Including Two Shelves Per Compartment
Side Filer - 2 Drawer. With Silver Crescent Handles.
3 Door Credenza - Including One Shelf Per Compartment
With Silver Crescent Handles.
1 8 9
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NSF2 1015 x 735 x 600 1771 1947 2433
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NCR15 1515 x 735 x 600 1814 1996 2493
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NCR08 800 x 735 x 600 1296 1427 1782
NCR10 1015 x 735 x 600 1362 1499 1872
N-HS170 1015 x 1720 x 600 1958 2153 2691
Codes WxHxD(mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NBG10 2 Door 1015x1000x400 1429 1573 1965
NBG15 3 Door 1515x1000x400 1886 2075 2595
NBG15 Shown
Beautiful Natural Walnut veneer
Shown inKevisinga
Codes WxHxD(mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NFC2 2 Drawer 515x735x600 1130 1242 1553
NFC3 3 Drawer 515x1060x600 1384 1521 1902
NFC4 4 Drawer 515x1365x600 1652 1886 2271
NFC4 Shown
NCR08 Shown
See colour options on page 188
N-HS170 Shown
Codes Description Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
NSS Cupboard Shelf 52 59 72
NP2F Wooden Pull-Out Frame 158 174 219
NPS Pull Out Shelf 189 207 259
NLR Lateral Rails 88 88 88
NHR Hanging Rails 106 106 106
188-189 Nimbus (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 12:27
2 Door Cupboard - Including 1 Shelf
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CCR08 800 x 735 x 520 1179 1299 1623
CCR10 988 x 735 x 520 1238 1362 1703
CHS170 988 x 1720 x 520 1780 1958 2448
CHS200 988 x 2000 x 520 1888 2077 2597
High Mobile PedestalCodes WxHxD(mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CP3DMH 3 Drawer 485x680x465 864 952 1188
CP4DMH 4 Drawer 485x680x465 864 952 1188
Low Mobile PedestalCodes WxHxD(mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CP2DML 2 Drawer 485x570x465 734 808 1010
CP3DML 3 Drawer 485x570x465 734 808 1010
CP2DML Shown CP4DMH Shown
Impressions
A wide range of superb wood veneer executive desks designed for the modern workplace, suitable for many different layouts.
Hand finished to provide a professional finish that will allow you to make a good impression.
Many other sizes, styles and shapes are available. Please ask sales for details.
executive furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Return Top - With Chrome Frame
Desk Top - With Chrome Frame
1 9 0
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
C180CN 1800 x 735 x 800 1627 1791 2237
C200CN 2000 x 735 x 800 1701 1872 2340
C180CN Shown
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CR100CN 1000 x 735 x 520 1253 1380 1723
CR120CN 1200 x 735 x 520 1314 1447 1807
No cable ports as standard. If required Please specify right or left handed.
New for 2017
See colour options on page 191
Cable ports are available in wood or silver metal at a cost of £113 each. Please specify at time of ordering.
• Hand Finished
• 40mm Square Edge
• 3mm Hardwood Lipping
• Chrome Frames
• Finished backs on all storage
190-191 Cirrus (17).indd 1 01/12/2016 15:01
Side FilerInternal Fitments - Cupboard
Impressions
While manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be guaranteed.
executive furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Barrel Tables - Blythe Base
1 9 1
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CTB2010/BL 2000 x 735 x 1000 2223 2446 3058
CTB2412/BL 2400 x 735 x 1200 2685 2955 3693
CTB3012/BL 3000 x 735 x 1200 3357 3693 4617
CTB3814/BL 3800 x 735 x 1400 4516 4968 6210
New for 2017
Codes WxHxD(mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CSF2 2 Drawer 988x1000x520 1473 1623 2028
CSF3 3 Drawer 988x1000x520 1715 1886 2358
CSF3 Shown
Open Fronted Bookcase - With 2 Shelves Per Compartment
Codes W x H x D (mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CBO10 988 x 1000 x 400 1384 1524 1904
CBO15 1482 x 1000 x 400 1791 1971 2464
CBO20 1976 x 1000 x 400 2048 2253 2817
CBO20 Shown
For use on top of Credenza
Credenza - Including 1 Shelf Per Compartment
Codes WxHxD(mm) Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CCR10 2 Door 988x735x520 1238 1362 1704
CCR15 3 Door 1482x735x520 1650 1816 2268
CCR20 4 Door 1976x735x520 2061 2268 2835
CCR15 Shown
Other sizes and shapes available. Please ask sales
for details.
Codes Description Band 1 £ Band 2 £ Band 3 £
CSS Cupboard Shelf for 1000mm wide units 52 59 72
CP2F Wooden Pull-Out Frame 158 174 219
CPS Pull Out Shelf 189 207 259
CLR Lateral Rails 88 88 88
CHR Hanging Rails 106 106 106
For further tables see page 149
Veneer Finishes - Band 1 Veneer Finishes - Band 2 Veneer Finishes - Band 3
Maple Walnut Rose
Steamed Beech
Cherry Pippy OakNatural Walnut
KevisingaLight Oak Stormy OakWenge Walnut
5year
guarantee
Reception Seating & Furniture
Rallegra Page 206
1 9 2
RallegraWood, lacquer and light combined with a clever balance create a perfect synergy between function and design in this reception furniture.
JuploA contemporary and retro style, on a solid beech timber frame, supportive foam and available in any fabric, Juplo is the ideal solution to meet your reception and meeting area requirements, it also combines matching coffee tables.
Iceberg Page 200
2017 Range Highlights
Inspire client and visitor confidence with one of our reception solutions. First impressions count, and with Invite you can create a welcoming, professional and functional reception at a price that suits. Allow us to meet and hear your requirement, design and plan your space.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 9 4
Juplo Side Chair
Rubic Unit Reception Chair
Tock Rectangular TableTock Square TableCode £
OF0309 Beech Woodframe 278
Height: 940 Width: 540 Depth: 520
Code £
RUB0307 129
Height: 430 Width: 530 Depth: 550
Code W x H x D (mm) £
414 600 x 330 x 600 219
Beech
Code W x H x D (mm) £
415 1200 x 330 x 600 389
Beech
5year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
Rubic is a simple low cost range of reception seating, comfortable and practical the range is available in the colour of your choice.
Juplo has a durable timber frame, supportive foam and available in any fabric, ideal solution to meet your reception and meeting area requirements.
Ideal for reception areas
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 9 5
Single Tub Seat Sofa Tub SeatCode £
EN3/F/BLUE Blue Fabric, Upholstered 274
EN1/PU/BLK Black Leather Look 274
Width: 670 Height: 700 Depth: 670
Code £
EN4/F/BLUE Blue Fabric, Upholstered 363
EN2/PU/BLK Black Leather Look 363
Width: 1185 Height: 700 Depth: 6702year
guarantee
Stock Colours
Leather Look
Blue Fabric
Cost effective and practical, these attractive tub chairs and sofas will enhance any reception, lounge or informal meeting area. Stylish and comfortable, with a choice of fabric or leather finishes.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. 5
year guarantee
Combining a generously proportioned seat with a compact overall footprint, our exclusive Solace range is the versatile seating solution for confined spaces. The exceptional comfort of the stylish tub design is finished with sleek brushed chrome legs.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 9 7
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
2year
guarantee
Inspired by a smile, Giggle is the perfect style statement for a modern hotel, reception or breakout area. Giggle can be supplied with a choice of sledge, crossover skid, four-legged fixed and four-legged auto-return polished chrome frames. The sculptured seat and back offer exceptional support and comfort. The option of Giggle in two-tone fabric creates stunning results and is at no extra cost.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 9 8
Single Seat Two Seat Sofa Coffee TableCode £
FA1/BL/BLK Bonded Leather 335
Width: 785 Height: 850 Depth: 775
Code £
FA2/BL/BLK Bonded Leather 478
Width: 1305 Height: 850 Depth: 775
Code £
FATAB/BCH Beech Top, Bonded Leather 216
Width: 610 Height: 390 Depth: 610
2year
guarantee
The Face range is open and inviting. It will be a welcome addition to any reception, breakout or office environment. Simply offered in bonded leather for a very smart price.
Perfect for reception areas
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
198-199 Face Moonstone (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 11:54
Moonstonereception seating & furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.1 9 9
2year
guarantee
The Moonstone is available in both single or double seat and upholstered in durable bonded leather. It has a robust metal frame with stylish chrome effect side guards.
Robust Metal Frame with stylish
chrome side guards
Single Tub Seat Double SeatCode £
MS1/BL/BLK Bonded Leather 603
Width: 880 Height: 795 Depth: 820
Code £
MS2/DBL/BLK Bonded Leather 819
Width: 1480 Height: 795 Depth: 820
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
198-199 Face Moonstone (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 11:55
Iceberg reception seating & furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.2 0 0
Armchair
Square Table
Sofa
Rectangular Table
Code £
OF0300 Black Leather Facings 482
Width: 840 Height: 810 Depth: 770
Code £
OF0303 Beech Finish 215
Width: 635 Height: 460 Depth: 635
Code £
OF0301 Black Leather Facings 670
Width: 840 Height: 810 Depth: 770
Code £
OF0302 Beech Finish 312
Width: 1220 Height: 460 Depth: 635
Iceberg is a traditional armchair and sofa suitable for reception or breakout areas, and is available from stock in black leather facings.
Perfect for breakout or
reception areas
150kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Stock Colour
Black Leather Facings
200-201 Iceberg Forum (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 11:56
Forumreception seating & furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.2 0 1
The Forum is an affordable, flexible and fully modular seating solution. The range includes full arm and non-arm segments, inner and outer corner sections to provide a multitude of configurations. The Forum range is priced in a group 1 fabric which includes Ace, Advantage, Plaza and Phoenix. Please contact sales for further pricing.
5year
guarantee
Upholstered table available with Beech, Maple,
Oak or Fabric Top.
Unit Chair
Unit Armchair
Unit Chair Right Arm
Unit Chair Concave & Convex
Unit Chair Left Arm
Unit Coffee Table
Code £
FR1 Unit Chair 216
Depth: 820 Height: 890 Width: 580
Code £
FR1A2 Unit Armchair 408
Depth: 820 Height: 890 Width: 780
Code £
FR1AR Unit Chair R/A 313
Depth: 820 Height: 890 Width: 680
Code £
FRCONCAVE Concave Segment 207
FRCONVEX Convex Segment 207
Concave Width: 660 Concave Height: 410
Concave Depth: 545
Convex Width: 490 Convex Height: 410
Convex Depth: 545
Code £
FR1AL Unit Chair L/A 313
Depth: 820 Height: 890 Width: 680
Code £
FRT Unit Table 181
Width: 770 Height: 300 Depth: 770
A seating solution with a multitude of configurations
200-201 Iceberg Forum (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 11:56
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.2 0 4
First impressions count, and with our exceptional range of reception furniture you can create an open, welcoming, professional and functional reception at the price to suit your budget.
5year
guarantee
Invite MFC Finishes
Light Oak Verade Oak
Autumn Cherry
Apple Ash Walnut GreyMaple Beech Nebraska White
Pedestals
Hatch Module
Single Door Cupboard - with shelf Double Door Cupboard - with shelf
Code Drawers W x H x D £
PDHP82 2 434 x 727 x 800 327
PDHP83 3 434 x 727 x 800 327
PDHP84 4 434 x 727 x 800 327
Code W x H x D £
PRHM-8 1000 x 727 x 800 439
Available in RH or LH. Hatch module must be
attached to either a wall or an adjacent desk.
Fixings not included. (See note 2)
Code W x H x D £
PSD04-8 434 x 727 x 800 347
Available in RH or LH.
Code W x H x D £
PSD08-8 800 x 727 x 800 411
PSD10-8 1000 x 727 x 800 443
This picture shows optional concave shaped base and top units
Installation Included
204-205 Invite (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 12:05
Invite Shelvingreception seating & furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.2 0 5
Reception Shelves - Ripple
Pigeon Hole Unit - 6 holes
Counter Top Units - Rectangular
Reception Shelves - 90o Convex
Reception Shelves - Rectangular
Reception Shelves - 90o Concave
Reception Shelves - 45o Convex
Reception Shelves - 45o Concave
Code W x H x D MFC £ Glass £
PRSRP12 1200 x 245 x 325 216 1207
Code W x H x D Compartment W x H x D £
PRPHU 560 x 439 x 300 255 x 134 x 278 196
Unit can be sited under any rectangular counter top unit.
Code W x H x D £
PRCT08 800 x 465 x 325 182
PRCT10 1000 x 465 x 325 195
PRCT12 1200 x 465 x 325 209
PRCT14 1400 x 465 x 325 218
PRCT16 1600 x 465 x 325 232
PRCT18 1800 x 465 x 325 244
PRCT20 2000 x 465 x 325 253
Code Radius x H x D MFC £ Glass £
PRSCR12 1200 x 245 x 325 189 821
Code Radius x H x D MFC £ Glass £
PRSS9 900 x 245 x 325 189 821
PRSS12 1200 x 245 x 325 216 1207
Code Radius x H x D MFC £ Glass £
PRSCS12 1200 x 245 x 325 188 821
Code Radius x H x D MFC £ Glass £
PRSR9 900 x 245 x 325 189 824
PRSR12 1200 x 245 x 325 216 1207
PRSR18 1800 x 245 x 325 270 1480
Code W x H x D MFC £ Glass £
PRS08 800 x 245 x 325 172 311
PRS10 1000 x 245 x 325 180 329
PRS12 1200 x 245 x 325 188 368
PRS14 1400 x 245 x 325 198 404
PRS16 1600 x 245 x 325 209 449
PRS18 1800 x 245 x 325 216 488
PRS20 2000 x 245 x 325 226 536
Note 1: These Receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access.
Note 2: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.
See colours
available on opposite page
Cut-Back Leg Pigeon Hole Option
Lift-Up Hatch and Gate (See Note 2)
Welcoming and professional at
prices to suit any budget
G = Toughened Glass M = Wood Finish Add G or M to end of code.
204-205 Invite (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 12:05
Rallegra
2 0 6
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Wood, lacquer and light combined with a clever balance create a perfect synergy between function and design, elegance and simplicity. Rallegra is a modern range of modular reception units featuring 25mm scratch resistant melamine with a lacquered upper module available in a choice of 17 colours with optional LED lighting. Shown here is a selection of sizes and configurations available. Contact sales for bespoke products.
Straight UnitStraight UnitCode W x H x D (mm) £
Z2C71 1260 x 1130 x 880 1770
Z2C72 1460 x 1130 x 880 1896
Z2C73 1660 x 1130 x 880 2100
Price includes Melamine or Lacquered Counter Top and LED lighting, but
does not include Cable Management.
Code: CP 15
Code W x H x D (mm) £
Z2C04 2060 x 1130 x 880 2171
Z2C01 2460 x 1130 x 880 2331
Z2C02 2860 x 1130 x 880 2490
Z2C03 3260 x 1130 x 880 2661
Price includes Melamine or Lacquered Counter Top and LED lighting, but
does not include Cable Management.
New for 2017
Cable Port Option
reception seating & furniture
Light Grey
Wenge
Golden Yellow
Blue DovePurple Red Sapphire Blue
Traffic Black
Beige Grey
White Silver White
Telegrey 4Silk Grey
Canaletto Walnut
Grey Brown
Violet Blue
5year
guarantee
Lacquer Colours (Extended Lead Time)
Lacquer ColoursMelamine Modules, Side Panels, Worktops and Upper Modules Brackets & Leg Colours
LT
LT
LS
NO
LM LF LYLL
WEBA
LX LR LC LZ LN
BeigeOrange White
LBLA LE
Grey GreenShadow Grey
LO LG LV
206-207 Rallegra (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 12:50
Rallegra
2 0 7
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Straight Unit
DDA Compliant Unit
30mm work tops. Includes
LED lighting
Price includes Melamine or Lacquered Counter Top and 2 LED kits for Counter Tops
Left Hand Shown
Wood, lacquer and lightbeautifully combined
Code W x H x D (mm) £
Z2C05 2850 x 1130 x 880 3512
Z2C06 3050 x 1130 x 880 3770
Z2C07 3250 x 1130 x 880 4054
Code W x H x D (mm) £
Z2C56-LH Left Hand 3060 x 1130 x 1125 2488
Z2C58-RH Right Hand 3060 x 1130 x 1125 2488
Price includes Melamine or Lacquered Counter Top and 1 LED kit
206-207 Rallegra (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 12:50
Rallegra
2 0 8 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
U Shape Configuration - With 2 LED Lights
With End Side Panels
Stright Configuration - With 2 LED Lights
2 Modules & Middle Low Counter
Code W x H x D (mm) £
Z2C30 4450 x 1130 x 2310 5471
Z2C31 4850 x 1130 x 2510 5794
Code W x H x D (mm) £
Z2C40 4260 x 1130 x 1125 4108
Z2C41 4660 x 1130 x 1125 4374
Light Grey
Wenge
Golden Yellow
Blue DovePurple Red Sapphire Blue
Traffic Black
Beige Grey
White Silver White
Telegrey 4Silk Grey
Canaletto Walnut
Grey Brown
Violet Blue
5year
guarantee
Lacquer Colours (Extended Lead Time)
Lacquer ColoursMelamine Modules, Side Panels, Worktops and Upper Modules Brackets & Leg Colours
LT
LT
LS
NO
LM LF LYLL
WEBA
LX LR LC LZ LN
BeigeOrange White
LBLA LE
Grey GreenShadow Grey
LO LG LV
208-209 Rallegra (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 12:52
Rallegrareception seating & furniture
2 0 9
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Mobile Pedestal - 3 Drawer
Fridge Low Cabinet - Melamine or Lacquer Doors
Mobile Pedestal - 2 Drawer
Low Cabinet - Melamine or Lacquer Doors
Low Open Bookcase
Minibar on One Side2 Door - LockableSoft Close Doors
Code W x H x D (mm) £
IDCA003 420 x 580 x 560 260
PVC Soft Close Drawer PVC Soft Close Drawer
Code W x H x D (mm) £
IDEF86B 860 x 860 x 450 1275
X8TF860 - Required Finishing Cladding Top 40
Code W x H x D (mm) £
IDCA002 420 x 580 x 560 252
Code W x H x D (mm) £
IDEB86B 860 x 860 x 460 457
X8TF860 - Required Finishing Cladding Top 40
Code W x H x D (mm) £
COEG86B 860 x 860 x 450 183
X8TF860 - Required Finishing Cladding Top 40
Includes one shelf
208-209 Rallegra (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 12:52
414, 415, OF0303 & OF0302 delivered within 20 working days fully assembled.
CFT600 & CFT1200 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.2 1 0
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Choose from our attractive, yet affordable glass tables to enhance your reception area. Shaped in five different styles and all supported by chrome legs.
Contemporary and classic design styles are apparent throughout this section. The seating is bright and comfortable, the tables sturdy yet stylish.
The Tondo meeting table range combines design and quality with functionality and flexibility to create the perfect collaborative environment
The Bill range of breakout chairs and stools benefit from a wooden frame and the choice of polypropylene or upholstered seat in 7 colours., these are sure to be very popular in 2017.
Barista
An eye catching twist on the classic retro plywood and chrome chair. Ideal for small break out areas or bustling restaurants and bars. can be combined with our range of tables to offer a mix of seating levels whilst maintaining a uniform theme.
212-213 Cafe Into - Contents (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 17:54
2 1 3
cafe & dining contents
Tables Page 214
Bar Stool Page 225
Bench Sets Page 220
Various Page 221
TablesPage 216
ChairPage 217
Tables Page 214
Folding Tables/Benches Page 218
Tables Page 225
Tables Page 227
Tables Page 228
Chairs Page 229
Chairs Page 229
Tables Page 215
Tables Page 214
Tables Page 215
Tables Page 214
Chairs Page 224
Chairs & Bar Stools Page 226
Chairs Page 222
Orla
ndo
Din
ing
Benn
y
Dad
ford
& T
rest
an
Fast
Foo
d U
nits
Ellip
se
Stor
k
Orla
ndo
Pose
urC
onto
ur
Benn
y
Cub
a
Tond
o
Bill
Ben
Ram
iro D
inin
g
Forz
a D
inin
g
Ram
iro P
oseu
r
Forz
a Po
seur
Björ
n
Baris
ta
Artis
t/ P
icas
so
Various Tables/Benches Page 219
Envi
roRe
ef
Adap
t
Chairs Page 216
Pica
sso
Chairs Page 222
Chairs Page 223
212-213 Cafe Into - Contents (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 17:55
The Orlando is one of the markets’ most popular due to its competitive price and “anti spin“ solid construction. Made from top grade cast iron, with a powder coated finish. Adjustable feet are also included for versatility in any environment. The chrome version brings a touch of class with its high quality chrome plated column. Perfect for situations where style is needed on a lower budget.
The Forza is an affordable and simple base in a slimline design. Made from high grade cast iron with a powder coated finish.
Artist Chair/Square dining table with 25mm beech MFC top Barista Beech Bar Stool/Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top
Reef Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm white MFC top
See page 224 for further information on the Björn Stool
See page 222 for further information on Reef Chairs
(25 day delivery)
Björn Stool/ Round poseur table with 25mm white MFC top
3year
guarantee
Strata Polypropylene Chair Please add relevant colour code to STR. e.g. STRGRN
White Beech
BCHWHT3year
guarantee
Table Top Colours
Black GreenBlue Red White
BLK BLUE GRN RED WHT
See page 226 for further information on the Barista Beech Bar Stool
(20 day delivery)
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1year
guarantee
Chair Stacks 4 High
Artist Colours
Beech Walnut
BE WA
(10 day delivery)
214-215 Orlando Forza Ramiro Strata (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 17:27
2 1 5
Diningcafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ramiro is a stylish trumpet table base finished in chrome plating. This is one of the most versatile trumpet bases available due to its adjustable feet and dual pin interlocking construction.
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC topStrata Polypropylene Chair/ Round Dining table with 25mm white MFC top
Ramiro Dining - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base
Strata Polypropylene Chair
Ramiro Poseur - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool
Code £
ZRAMDR7 Round Top & Base 250
Height: 755 Width: 700 Dia: 70
Code: STR Seat Height: 450 £ 80
Code £
ZRAMPR7 Round Top & Base 258
Height: 1075 Width: 700 Dia: 700
Code: CH0670SPBE Seat Height: 580-805 £ 193
Stork Stool only available on a 20 day delivery
214-215 Orlando Forza Ramiro Strata (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 17:27
2 1 6
One of our best sellers -
Fantastic quality & value
Picasso Contract & Ellipse Tables cafe & dining
The classic cafe table offering with two base options. Timeless design, quality materials and high quality materials and high quality finish ensures you won’t be disappointed.
With a fully welded frame and increased seat thickness this distinctive Picasso Contract range is suitable for environments that has a multitude of uses; bistros, cafés and break-out areas.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Picasso ContractCode £
CH0672 (Suffix Colour) Wood Veneer 94
Width: 440 Depth: 380 Height: 480
Ellipse 4 Leg Table
Ellipse Trumpet Base
Ellipse 4 Leg Table
Ellipse Trumpet Base
Ellipse 4 Leg Table
Ellipse Trumpet Base
Code £
CH0675BE Beech 161
Depth: 800 Width: 800 Height: 740
Code £
CH0676BE Beech 165
Depth: 800 Width: 800 Height: 740
Code £
CH0675WA Walnut 173
Depth: 800 Width: 800 Height: 740
Code £
CH0676WA Walnut 176
Depth: 800 Width: 800 Height: 740
Code £
CH0675WH White 179
Depth: 800 Width: 800 Height: 740
Code £
CH0676WH White 182
Depth: 800 Width: 800 Height: 740
Picasso Colours
Beech WhiteWalnut
BE WHWA5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ellipse Colours
White WalnutBeech
2year
guarantee
WH BE WA
216-217 Ellipse Artist Stork (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 14:01
2 1 7
One of our best sellers -
Fantastic quality & value
Storkcafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stork a high bar stool with a selection of finishes to choose from providing a warm contemporary look to suit all environments. A touch of class with its high quality chrome plated column.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Ramiro PoseurCode £
ZRAMPR7 Round Top & Base 258
Chrome Column with Trumpet Base
Width: 700 Dia: 700 Height: 1075
Stork Tall Bar Stool - gas lift Stork Tall Bar Stool - gas lift Stork Tall Bar Stool - gas lift
Code £
CH0670SPBE Beech 193
Width: 405 Depth: 390 Height: 580-805
Code £
CH0670SPBE Walnut 193
Width: 405 Depth: 390 Height: 580-805
Code £
CH0670SPBE White 193
Width: 405 Depth: 390 Height: 580-805
2year
guarantee
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool
White WalnutBeech
WH BE WA
Ramiro Poseur
White Beech
BCHWHT3year
guarantee
Ramiro Table Top
Ramiro Poseur
216-217 Ellipse Artist Stork (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:02
2 1 8
Contour Plus Folding Tables
Contour Stacking Benches
Contour Folding Tables
Code Weight W x D mm £
CP/DC5 8.50kg 610 x 915 166
CP/DB5 9.00kg 685 x 915 169
CP/DA5 9.50kg 760 x 915 175
CP/CC5 9.75kg 610 x 1220 190
CP/CB5 10.00kg 685 x 1220 194
CP/CA5 11.25kg 760 x 1220 200
CP/BC5 11.50kg 610 x 1520 206
CP/BB5 12.00kg 685 x 1520 211
CP/BA5 13.00kg 760 x 1520 219
CP/AD5 12.75kg 480 x 1830 211
CP/AC5 13.00kg 610 x 1830 231
CP/AB5 13.75kg 685 x 1830 232
CP/AA5 14.80kg 760 x 1830 243
Choose from 2 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698
Note: 915mm Table Length not available in A Buffet 760mm height.
Choose from 6 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698, Junior 635, Infant 584, Pre School 546, Nursery 508
Folding Tables & Benches cafe & dining
Contour PlusThe difference that sets this product apart is the strengthened aluminium clad steel tube in the table legs. This adds a mere 1.75kgs to the overall weight of the table but offers significantly improved stability. Aluminium frame & laminate top folds flat for storage and can easily be carried. Strengthened legs give extra stability.
ContourConstructed from aluminium with a wipe-clean laminated surface. The table weight ranges from 6.7kg upto 13.00kg, far lighter than its rivals. Ideal for - canteens, schools, community halls, lightweight and versatile, folds flat for storage and can be easily carried.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
AccessoriesCode Description W x D x H mm £
A2501 Large Table Trolley (14 tables) 745 x 1675 x 1127 574
A3001 Small Table Trolley (7 tables) 745 x 875 x 1127 401
A5001 Bench Skate Set 140
A9001 Fast Fold - speedy folding tool 26
Suggested height matches for tables & benches 760mm high table - 483mm high bench698mm high table - 432mm high bench635mm high table - 381mm high bench
Laminate Colours
Beech Maple Teak Poppy RedOak Yellow
GP38 GP39 GP36 GP37 GP43 GP23
Pea Green Azure Alisa Snow Grit Storm Fuchsia Lilac Pastel Blue Acid Green White
Dadford fully welded table and bench set Fully welded frame with 40mm thick table and bench tops. Quality Epoxy Powder Coating in Silver, Black or White. Large range of table top and bench colours available with contrasting edges. 5 Year warranty. Floor Fixing available. High capacity seating. Outdoor quality available. Available in 3 sizes: 1200mm, 1800mm and 2200mm.
Trestan table and bench set With clean line design that will liven up any dining area. High-capacity seating because of its sturdy benches. The Trestan set will give years of use because of its robust heavy-duty construction, impact-resistant edges and easy-clean surface. Available in a huge range of popular laminates, including the standard colours beech, white and walnut.. Heavy-duty construction. Impact-resistant edges and easy-clean surfaces. Huge range of laminate colours. Upholstered seat pads available. Contrasting laminates and edges available.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Dadford Table
Trestan Table
Dadford Bench
Trestan Bench
Code £
VDTS Small (1200mm x 800mm) 512
VDTM Medium (1800mm x 800mm) 600
VDTL Large (2200mm x 800mm) 704
Code £
VTTS Small (1200mm x 800mm) 960
VTTM Medium (1800mm x 800mm) 124
VTTL Large (2200mm x 800mm) 1392
Code £
VDBS Small (1000mm x 400mm) 464
VDBM Medium (1600mm x 400mm) 544
VDBL Large (2000mm x 400mm) 640
Code £
VTBS Small (1000mm x 280mm) 864
VTBM Medium (1600mm x 280mm) 1120
VTBL Large (2000mm x 280mm) 1264
5year
guarantee
Dadford Table and Bench Top Colours and Trestan Frame and Top Edge Colours.
O Z OPK
Oak Zebrano Pink Orange
RD YL TQLM
Red Yellow Green Turquoise
BLU
Blue
VT B
Violet Beech
LG ANWL WT DG
Light Grey Dark Grey AnthraciteWalnut Steel EffectWhite
BK
Black
WG
Wenge
ST
Dadford Table and Bench Frame Colours and Trestan Table and Bench Edge Colours.
OPK
Pink Orange
RD YL TQLM
Red Yellow Green Turquoise
BLU
Blue
VT
Violet
LG ANWT DG
Light Grey Dark Grey Anthracite Steel EffectWhite
BK
Black
ST
Trestan Table and Bench Edge Colours Continued.
O Z P
Oak Zebrano Ply Effect
B
Beech
WL
Walnut
WG
Wenge
Designs that will liven up any
dining area
220-221 Dadford Trestan Fast Food (17).indd.indd 1 30/11/2016 14:17
2 2 1
Fast Food Unitscafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
Frame Colours
Frame Colours Frame Colours
Frame Colours
Seat Colours
Seat Colours Seat Colours
Top Colours
Top Colours Top Colours
Top Colours Seat Colour
W
W W
W
BK
O O
W
W W
WB
B B
B
BLU
RD RD
G
G G
GB
B B
B B
GN
LM LM
S
S S
S
RD
YL YL
White
White White
White
Black
Orange Orange
White
White White
WhiteBlack
Black Black
Black
Blue
Red Red
Grey
Grey Grey
GreySilver
Silver Silver
Silver
Red
Yellow Yellow
Beech
Beech Beech
Beech Beech
Green
Green Green
BLU BLUPU PUBK BKGR GR
Blue BluePurple PurpleGrey GreyBlack Black
Purston 4 Seater Double Entry Access• Canteen unit with beech plyform seat with fully welded frame• Upholstered seat available• Quality Epoxy Powder Coating in Silver, Black or White• 5 Year warranty • Single entry access available • Floor fixing available
Hinton 4 Seater Double Entry Access• Exclusive canteen unit with plyformed seat with laminate front and back with fully welded frame. • Fully welded frame• Quality Epoxy Powder Coating in Silver, Black or White• Single Entry Access available • Floor fixing available
Mixbury Modular Units
Westbury Modular Units
Purston Modular Units
Hinton Modular Units
Code Configuration W x D (mm) £
VMX2S 2 Seater Single Entry 1600 x 600 368
VMX4D 4 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1000 560
VMX6D 6 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1600 792
Code Configuration W x D (mm) £
VWS2S 2 Seater Single Entry 1600 x 600 448
VWS4D 4 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1000 744
VWS6D 6 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1600 1056
Code Configuration W x D (mm) £
VPR2S 2 Seater Single Entry 1600 x 600 448
VPR4D 4 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1000 744
VPR6D 6 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1600 1056
Code Configuration W x D (mm) £
VHN2S 2 Seater Single Entry 1600 x 600 515
VHN4D 4 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1000 872
VHN6D 6 Seater Double Entry 1600 x 1600 1242
Mixbury 4 Seater Double Entry Access• Economical canteen unit with polypropylene seat with fully welded frame. • Quality Epoxy Powder Coating in Silver, Black or White • Large range of table top colours available • 5 Year warranty • Single Entry Access available • Floor fixing available
Single or double access available at no extra cost
Two and Six seater options are
also available
W
White
W
White
Westbury 4 Seater Double Entry Access• Quality canteen unit with polypropylene seat with fully welded frame.• Quality Epoxy Powder Coating in Silver, Black or White• Large range of table top colours available • 5 Year warranty• Floor fixing available • 9 seat colour options
220-221 Dadford Trestan Fast Food (17).indd.indd 2 30/11/2016 14:17
2 2 2
Artist Picasso
Reef
cafe & dining
With a fully welded frame and increased seat thickness this distinctive Picasso Contract range of wooden seating means business. Suitable for contract environments that has a multitude of uses; bistros, cafés and break-out areas.
Following the same visually distinctive design as the Picasso Contract, the Artist has a light weight design using an alternative construction technique. Suitable for areas with less intensive use.
Picasso ContractArtist
Reef 4 Leg Chairs
Code £
CH0672 Wood Veneer. Stacks 4 high. 94
Width: 440 Depth: 380 Height: 480
Code £
ART0514 Wood Veneer. Stacks 4 high. 72
Width: 440 Depth: 380 Height: 480
Code £
CH0671OR Orange 92
CH0671BL Blue 92
CH0671GN Green 92
CH0671WH White 99
Width: 390 Depth: 400 Height: 465
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Reef Colours
Blue WhiteGreen Orange
BL WHGN ORArtist ColoursPicasso Colours
Beech BeechWhiteWalnut Walnut
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
1year
guarantee
8recommended hours usage
BE BEWHWA WA
A fully welded steel frame makes the Reef collection robust, comfortable and stylish. Available in a range of colours, these go great with our extensive range of tables. The perfect combination for any contract environment.
222-223 Reef Adapt (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 17:45
2 2 3
Adaptcafe & dining
A versatile range suitable for any purpose. High level office working, hot desks or cafe environments this range can adapt to suit your needs. Available in a range of colours and frames, this is the ultimate multi-purpose chair.
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Adapt 4 Leg Side Chair Adapt 4 Leg Skid Chair Adapt 4 Leg ArmchairCode £
CH2101 127
Width: 415 Depth: 400 Height: 470
Code £
CH2102 130
Width: 415 Depth: 400 Height: 470
Code £
CH2100 165
Width: 415 Depth: 400 Height: 470
Adapt 4 Leg High ChairCode £
CH2103 177
Width: 415 Depth: 400 Height: 775
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended
hour usage
Adapt Colours
Blue Dark Grey Red White
RDG WHBU
222-223 Reef Adapt (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 17:45
2 2 4
Björn & Benny cafe & dining
Björn & Benny offer a fresh and stylish look for your dining or breakout areas. Available with a sharp chrome frame or beautiful and contemporary wooden leg and featuring a large ribbed upholstered design the range is complimented by a stylish table range.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Björn 4 Leg Chair
Björn 4 Leg Chair
Björn Sled Base Chair
Björn Sled Base Chair
Björn 4 Leg Wooden Chair
Björn 4 Leg Wooden Chair
Code £
BJN21 Upholstered Seat & Back Shell 139
Ribbed Upholstery. Chrome Frame
Depth: 510 Width: 460 Height: 900
Code £
BJN11 One Piece Wooden (Beech) Shell 149
Chrome Frame
Depth: 510 Width: 460 Height: 880
Code £
BJN22 Upholstered Seat & Back Shell 139
Ribbed Upholstery. Chrome Frame
Depth: 510 Width: 460 Height: 900
Code £
BJN12 One Piece Wooden (Beech) Shell 149
Chrome Frame
Depth: 510 Width: 460 Height: 880
Code £
BJN23 Upholstered Seat & Back Shell 233
Ribbed Upholstery
Depth: 510 Width: 460 Height: 900
Code £
BJN13 One Piece Wooden (Beech) Shell 243
Beech Frame
Depth: 510 Width: 460 Height: 880
224-225 Bjorn Benny (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 14:22
2 2 5
A fresh and stylish look for your dining or breakout areas
Björn & Bennycafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Overall Depth: 490 Overall Width: 490 Back Width: 360
Benny - Bistro Meeting Table
Options
Benny - Bistro High Meeting Table Benny - Meeting Table Benny - Bistro High Meeting Table
Code £
BN2/*/C 313
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base.
800mm Round Top.
Height: 730 Dia: 800
* Walnut Top (WL) Code - BN2/WL/C
* White Top (WH) Code - BN2/WH/C
* Maple Top (MP) Code - BN2/MP/C
White Laminate Seat
(WH) BJN54 Only 25
Code £
BN5/*/C 334
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base.
600mm Round Top.
Height: 1050 Dia: 600
* Walnut Top (WL) Code - BN5/WL/C
* White Top (WH) Code - BN5/WH/C
* Maple Top (MP) Code - BN5/MP/C
Code £
BN12/*/C 381
Chrome Round Base.
800mm Round Top.
Height: 730 Dia: 800
* Walnut Top (WL) Code - BN12/WL/C
* White Top (WH) Code - BN12/WH/C
* Maple Top (MP) Code - BN12/MP/C
Code £
BN15/*/C 360
Chrome Round Base.
600mm Round Top.
Height: 1050 Dia: 600
* Walnut Top (WL) Code - BN15/WL/C
* White Top (WH) Code - BN15/WH/C
* Maple Top (MP) Code - BN15/MP/C
5year
guarantee
224-225 Bjorn Benny (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:22
2 2 6
Barista cafe & dining
Barista is an eye catching twist on the classic retro plywood and chrome chair. Three colour combinations offer a clean look with the option of a striking flash of red. Ideal for small break out areas or bustling restaurants and bars. With the chair and bar stool option, the Barista can be combined with our range of tables to offer a mix of seating levels whilst maintaining a uniform theme.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Barista 4 Leg Side Chair
Barista 4 Leg Stool
Barista 4 Leg Side Chair
Barista 4 Leg Stool
Barista 4 Leg Side Chair
Barista 4 Leg Stool
Code £
BARISTA/R Laminated Gloss White Inner 195
Gloss Red Outer Seat. Chrome Frame
Depth: 480 Width: 430 Height: 840
Code £
BARISTA/BR Gloss White Inner Seat 224
Gloss Red Outer Seat. Chrome Frame
Depth: 520 Width: 390 Height: 900
Code £
BARISTA/B Beech Inner and Outer 195
Chrome Frame
Depth: 480 Width: 430 Height: 840
Code £
BARISTA/BB Beech Inner and Outer 224
Chrome Frame
Depth: 520 Width: 390 Height: 900
Code £
BARISTA/W Matt White Inner and Outer 195
Chrome Frame
Depth: 480 Width: 430 Height: 840
Code £
BARISTA/BW Matt White Inner and Outer 224
Chrome Frame
Depth: 520 Width: 390 Height: 900
Barista Colours
Beech Red/WhiteWhite
5year
guarantee
(Red outer, whiter interior)
226-227 Barista Cuba (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 14:24
2 2 7
25mm White MFC or Beech
Tops with a Polished Chrome
Base
Cubacafe & dining
Cuba is a four or five star base bistro or breakout table. Two square and three round sized table-tops are available in white laminate or beech.
Cuba Round Table Top - 600mm
Cuba Square Table Top - 600mm
Cuba Round Table Top - 800mm
Cuba Square Table Top - 800mm
Cuba Round Table Top - 1000mmCode £
TT1W White Top 304
TT1B Beech Top 304
Width: 600 Height: 755
Code £
TT4W White Top 220
TT4B Beech Top 220
Width: 600 Height: 755
Code £
TT2W White Top 323
TT2B Beech Top 323
Width: 800 Height: 755
Code £
TT5W White Top 261
TT5B Beech Top 261
Width: 800 Height: 755
Code £
TT3W White Top 335
TT3B Beech Top 335
Width: 1000 Height: 755
Cuba Top Colours Base
Beech ChromeWhite
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
226-227 Barista Cuba (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:24
2 2 8
Tondo cafe & dining
The Tondo meeting table range combines design and quality with functionality and flexibility to create the perfect collaborative environment and comes as standard with 30mm MDF undercut white MFC tops and beech round wooden legs. Optional leg staining is available.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Top Rounded Wooden Leg Table Square Top Rounded Wooden Leg Table Circular Top Rounded Wooden Leg TableCode W x D x H £
TON/REC1609 1600 x 900 x 720 490
30mm MDF undercut top. Solid Beech round legs
White powder coated leg plates. Protective glides.
Code W x D x H £
TON/SQR09 900 x 900 x 720 403
30mm MDF undercut top. Solid Beech round legs
White powder coated leg plates. Protective glides.
Code D x H £
TON/CIR12 1200 dia x 720 475
TON/CIR10 1000 dia x 720 430
TON/CIR08 800 dia x 720 368
30mm MDF undercut top. Solid Beech round legs
White powder coated leg plates. Protective glides.
5year
guarantee
Strong durable white painted
finish with solid beech round legs
Table Leg Options
/BE: Beech Leg: Add £0
/WA: Walnut Leg: Add £31
/WE: Wenge Leg: Add £37
/WH: White Leg: Add £52
228-229 Tondo Bill Ben (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 14:27
2 2 9
Quality solid beech 4 legged
frame
Solid round beech wooden
legs
High quality robust
construction
Bill, Bencafe & dining
The Bill range of breakout chairs and stools benefit from a wooden frame and the choice of polypropylene or upholstered seat in 7 colours. The Ben range of breakout chairs benefit from either polypropylene or upholstered seats and round wooden legs.
Bill Polypropylene Shell Chair
Ben Polypropylene Chair
Bill Polypropylene Shell Stool
Bill Upholstered Shell Chair
Ben Upholstered Chair
Bill Upholstered Shell Stool
Code £
BIL Wooden Frame 216
Solid Beech 4 Leg Frame. Protective Felt Glides
Height: 760 Width: 470 Depth: 500
Code £
BEN Wooden Legs 175
Solid Round Beech Legs. Protective Felt Glides
Height: 790 Width: 470 Depth: 490
Code £
BILST Wooden Frame with Footrest 319
Solid Beech 4 Leg Frame. Protective Felt Glides
Height: 1040 Width: 470 Depth: 500
Code £
BILUP Wooden Frame 309
Solid Beech 4 Leg Frame. Protective Felt Glides
Height: 760 Width: 470 Depth: 500
Code £
BENUP Wooden Legs 268
Solid Round Beech Legs. Protective Felt Glides
Height: 790 Width: 470 Depth: 490
Code £
BILSTUP Wooden Frame with Footrest 412
Solid Beech 4 Leg Frame. Protective Felt Glides
Height: 1040 Width: 470 Depth: 500
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Leg Options
/BE: Beech Leg: Add £0
/WA: Walnut Leg: Add £22
/WE: Wenge Leg: Add £27
/WH: White Leg: Add £38
Leg Options
/BE: Beech Leg: Add £0
/WA: Walnut Leg: Add £33
/WE: Wenge Leg: Add £41
/WH: White Leg: Add £52
Leg Options
/BE: Beech Leg: Add £0
/WA: Walnut Leg: Add £16
/WE: Wenge Leg: Add £21
/WH: White Leg: Add £31
Shell Finishes Leg Finishes
BK BEBU WAOGGN WE
Black BeechBlue WalnutGreen WengeOrange
PK RD WH WH
Pink Red White White
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 272.
228-229 Tondo Bill Ben (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:28
Essentials TamboursEssentials Tambours are affordable, high quality storage units that no office can function without.
You will find the best solution for your workplace storage requirements over the following pages.
Essentials Tambours on page 234 are affordable, high quality storage units that no office can function without. All units have been designed to fit A4 binders, lateral and suspension filing. All units have height adjustable feet. Lowe and Fletcher AB series and locks fitted as standard.
Whichever filing cabinet you opt for, rest assured that all come with guarantees of between 5 and 10 years, and are rigorously tested and approved.
2017 Range Highlights
Personal Effects LockersCost effective high density storage solution for mobile phones and small personal items.
Storage and Filing
2 3 0
Essentials Tambours Page 234
Essentials Cupboards
Page 235
Recycle Units Page 246
230-231 Storage and Filing Intro Contents (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 20:17
2 3 1
storage and filing contents
Essentials Cupboards Page 235
Classic FilingPage 238
Essentials Side Filers Page 236
Essentials TamboursPage 234
Contract Filing Page 232
Filin
g C
abin
ets
Tam
bour
s
Cup
boar
ds
Cup
boar
ds/
Lodg
es
Mul
tidra
wer
s
Lock
ers
Offi
ce L
ocke
rsSp
ace
Savi
ng
Lock
ers
Clo
akro
omRe
cycl
e U
nits
Plan
Che
sts
Safe
s
Contract Cupboards Page 233
Essentials Combination Units Page 237
Essentials Lodges Page 237
Various Page 239
Bisley Lockers Page 239
Lockers Page 246
Lockers Page 248
Seating Page 249
Office Page 246
Personal Effects Page 245
Steel Framed Page 247
VariousPages 250-251
Standard LockersPages 240-241
Contract FitmentsPage 235
Dangerous SubstancePage 243
PPE Lockers & Cabinets Page 244
Multi-purposePage 242
230-231 Storage and Filing Intro Contents (17).indd 2 02/12/2016 20:17
Contract FilingHigh quality filing cabinets at economical prices, manufactured to meet British Standards for strength and stability. Fitted with recessed handles, drawer label holders, central locking and anti-tilt to prevent more than one drawer being opened at a time.
storage and filing
2 3 2 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Best Seller
4 Drawer 3 Drawer 2 DrawerCode W x H x D £
AOC4 470 x 1321 x 622 317
Code W x H x D £
AOC3 470 x 1016 x 622 307
Code W x H x D £
AOC2 470 x 711 x 622 255
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Black Coffee Cream
C/CBLKG/G5year
guarantee
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging suspension files.
For use with suspension files only.
Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
Contract CupboardsEconomy stationery cupboards are designed for a maximum storage capacity yet are efficient on space. Supplied with black dual purpose shelving which accommodates under-shelf filing. (330mm Centre)
storage and filing
2 3 3Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Contract CupboardsCode W x H x D £
E402A01 1 Shelf 914 x 1000 x 400 281
E722A03 3 Shelf 914 x 1806 x 400 368
E782A04 4 Shelf 914 x 1950 x 400 425
E198P1/BLK Extra Dual Purpose Shelf - Black Only 28
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Coffee Cream
C/CG/G 5year
guarantee
Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For full details of colour options available please contact our Sales Office.
Note: Stationery cupboards will only accommodate the Black dual purpose shelf E198P1.
Essentials Tambours are affordable, high quality storage units that no office can function without. All units have been designed to fit A4 binders, lateral and suspension filing. All units have height adjustable feet. Lowe and Fletcher AB series and locks fitted as standard.
Essentials Tambours storage and filing
2 3 4 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Low
Medium
High
Code Finish £
ESSOT101G/G Goose Grey 428
ESSOT101B/S Beech/Silver 503
ESSOT101O/S Oak/Silver 503
Width: 1000 Height: 1000-1015 Depth: 470
Shown in Goose Grey
Shown in Oak/Silver
Shown in Beech/Silver
Code Finish £
ESSOT158G/G Goose Grey 529
ESSOT158B/S Beech/Silver 591
ESSOT158O/S Oak/Silver 591
Width: 1000 Height: 1570-1585 Depth: 470
Code Finish £
ESSOT198G/G Goose Grey 558
ESSOT198B/S Beech/Silver 626
ESSOT198O/S Oak/Silver 626
Width: 1000 Height: 1970 -1985 Depth: 470
New for 2017
See page 235 for
interior fittings
Shutter Colours
Extra WhiteBlack SilverLight Grey Dark Grey
EW
+10%
5 SL
+5%
1 9
Special Order Colours
Stock Colours
ChalkBlack SilverLight Grey Traffic White Anthracite
Essentials Side Filers are affordable, high quality storage units that no office can function without. They are ideal for where floor space is limited. All units have been designed to fit A4 binders lateral and suspension filing and all units have height adjustable feet. With Essentials what you see is what you get. Affordable, high quality storage to suit your needs. All units have height adjustable feet.
Essentials Side Filers storage and filing
2 3 6 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
2 Drawer unit 3 Drawer unit 4 Drawer unitCode W x H x D £
ESF0810 800 x 1000 x 470 685
File formats: FS suspension, A4 suspension, A4 lever arch
Code W x H x D £
ESF0807 800 x 693 x 470 600
File formats: FS suspension, A4 suspension, A4 lever arch
Code W x H x D £
ESF0813 800 x 1300 x 470 890
File formats: FS suspension, A4 suspension, A4 lever arch
New for 2017
Colours
Goose GreyChalkBlack SilverLight Grey Traffic White Anthracite
AV4AB9
+10%
AV1 ARNAV7 BA5
+10%
AA3
5year
guarantee
236-237 Essentials Side Filers - Essentials Combination Units and Lodgers (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 12:20
Essentials Combination Units
Essentials Lodges
storage and filing
2 3 7Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Essentials Combination Unit
Essentials Lodge
Essentials Combination Unit
Essentials Lodge
Essentials Combination Unit
Essentials Lodge
Code W x H x D £
YECO0810 800 x 1000 x 470 495
YECO1010 1000 x 1000 x 470 530
Code W x H x D £
YELD0810 800 x 1000 x 470 625
YELD1010 1000 x 1000 x 470 640
Code W x H x D £
YECO0812 800 x 1270 x 470 585
YECO1012 1000 x 1270 x 470 625
Code W x H x D £
YELD0812 800 x 1270 x 470 750
YELD1012 1000 x 1270 x 470 785
Code W x H x D £
YECO0813 800 x 1300 x 470 595
YECO1013 1000 x 1300 x 470 635
Code W x H x D £
YELD0813 800 x 1300 x 470 760
YELD1013 1000 x 1300 x 470 795
New for 2017
New for 2017
Essentials Cupboards and Units and Lodges are affordable, high quality storage units that no office can function without. Designed to fit A4 binders lateral and suspension filing. Essentials Combination File formats: A4 suspension, A4 lever arch and Personal storage. With height adjustable feet.
Essentials Lodges are designed to fit A4 binders lateral and suspension filing. Height adjustable feet.
Colours
Goose GreyChalkBlack SilverLight Grey Traffic White Anthracite
AV4AB9
+10%
AV1 ARNAV7 BA5
+10%
AA3
5year
guarantee
2 x 10.5” doors & 2 x 12” drawers
4 x 10.5” & 2 x 12” doors
4 x 10.5” doors & 2 x 12” drawers
6 x 10.5” & 2 x 12” doors
4 x 10.5” doors, 1 x 12” & 1 x 10.5” drawer
8 x 10.5” doors
236-237 Essentials Side Filers - Essentials Combination Units and Lodgers (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 12:20
£
BS4E W.470 x H.1321 x D.622 423
£
BS2E W.470 x H.711 x D.622 314
£
BS3E W.470 x H.1016 x D.622 378
45kgdraw
loading
Classic Filing storage and filing
2 3 8
2 Drawer 4 Drawer3 Drawer
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
With a 10 year guarantee Bisley filing cabinets are built to last and feature a fully welded construction and double skin drawer fronts. The range includes two, three, and four drawer versions. All cabinets listed are for foolscap filing; A4 cabinets are available for the same price but are not stock items so please allow 28 working days for delivery.
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Oxford Blue
Black
Chalk
Coffee Cream
C/CBLK
CHK
+10%
G/G
BLUE10
year guarantee
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 45kg of hanging suspension files.
For use with suspension files only.
Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
Built to last
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Please apply to standard colours. For special colours see surcharge below. Special Order Colours With Light Texture:
Chalk
BlackAzure Canary
Cream
Anthracite
Cardinal Red Coffee
AB9
+10%
AV1BP5
+15%
BP9
+15%
AV6
AA3
AY8 AV5
Goose GreyFushia Light Grey
AV4BE2
+15%
AV7
Bisley Multidrawers
Bisley Lockers
storage and filing
2 3 9Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Optional Compartment Trays
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products
Ask sales about our NEXT DAY SERVICE
on these products5year
guarantee
Oxford BlueMimosa Silver (smooth)
Mandarin
Traffic White
AY7BP8
+15%
ARN
+10%
BQ1
+15%
BA5
+15%
5year
guarantee
These Multidrawers are as popular as ever, their neat design enhanced by a brilliant choice of colours for an injection of retro cool. 100% drawer extension, smooth, resistance-free slides and an anti-tilt operation for safe, ultimate ease of use.
Precious items are in safe hands with these lockers. Bolting together the locker system quickly expands to meet demand. Additional design features include coat hooks and coat
Stock Colours:
Stock Colour
Goose Grey
Goose Grey
Oxford BlueBlack Coffee Cream
C/CBLKG/G
G/G
BLUE
Code WxHxD £
227P5 A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5 215x51x340 55
226P5 A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5 215x51x340 55
225P5 A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5 215x51x340 55
Drawer Height 87mm high Drawer Height 51mm highDrawer Height 87mm high Drawer Height 51mm high
Base OptionsCode Description £
MDSP Plinth Base, Single (10 & 15 Drawer) 16
rails. Security is assured thanks to a mastered lock with 1000 differs. Lockers are fitted with a camlock – Hasp locks are optional. Each locker has ventilation holes in the top and base of the body. Card holder on every door. Bolt together back and sides.
2 4 0 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Two Door Locker
Four Door Locker
Single Door Locker
Sloping Top
Three Door Locker
Lockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockers contain between 11-44% steel off-cut from the automotive industry reducing their CO2 footprint. The storage lockers also contain an anti-bacterial powder coating and are UK manufactured.
1year
guarantee
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
183030S 300 x 1800 x 300 107 207 307
183045S 300 x 1800 x 450 128 248 370
184545S 450 x 1800 x 450 153 NA NA
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830303 300 x 1800 x 300 147 285 426
1830453 300 x 1800 x 450 165 322 484
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830302 300 x 1800 x 300 133 262 427
1830452 300 x 1800 x 450 148 288 428
1845452 450 x 1800 x 450 172 NA NA
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830304 300 x 1800 x 300 160 316 472
1830454 300 x 1800 x 450 179 350 523
1845454 450 x 1800 x 450 207 NA NA
Code W x D £
ST3030 300 x 300 16
ST3045 300 x 450 18
ST4545 450 x 450 20
Supplied with a top shelf and double coat hook.
Supplied with no internal fittings
Must be ordered with lockers, and only available on single door and nest of 2 lockers. Locker stands available on request, please ask for details.
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with a double coat hook in each compartment
Door Colour Options. All Carcasses are Grey
Green
Dark Blue
Red
Dark Grey
GreyYellow
Black White
240-241 Elite Standard Lockers - Low and High.indd 1 30/11/2016 14:22
Standard Lockersstorage and filing
2 4 1
Six Door LockerFive Door Locker
Eight Door Locker
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830305 300 x 1800 x 300 182 357 530
1830455 300 x 1800 x 450 197 389 577
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittings
Code W x H x D Single £
1830306 300 x 1800 x 300 196
1830456 300 x 1800 x 450 210
Code W x H x D Single £
1830308 300 x 1800 x 300 249
1830458 300 x 1800 x 450 275
Nest of ThreeNest of TwoSingle Locker
4 Digit Mechanical Combination Lock with Master Key
Options4 Digit Combination Lock with Master Key POA
Master Key 33
Hanging Rail 13
Number Plate and Key Fob 11
£1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock 42
Additional Keys 11
Electronic Combination Lock POA
Fitting for Padlock (Specify at time of order) FOC
£
240-241 Elite Standard Lockers - Low and High.indd 2 30/11/2016 14:22
Multi-purpose Lockers storage and filing
2 4 2 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Clean & Dirty Locker
Twin Locker
Combi Locker
Two Person Locker
Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. These lockers come with a mix of vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage compartments.
1year
guarantee
Code W x H x D £
1845CD 450 x 1800 x 450 173
Two vertical hanging compartments to separate workwear and
daywear. Integral seat and stands are available along with a sloping
top and lock options. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Code W x H x D £
1845TW 450 x 1800 x 450 204
This space saving unit accommodates two users each having a slim
vertical storage compartment with shelf and double coat hook.
A sloping top option available. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Code W x H x D £
1845N 450 x 1800 x 450 196
Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. The locker
comes with a vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage
compartments. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Code W x H x D £
1845TP 450 x 1800 x 450 226
A space saving unit for two users. Each user would have a vertical
hanging and a personal possession compartment. Supplied with a
Dangerous Substance Safety Cabinetsstorage and filing
2 4 3Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Dangerous Substance Cabinets
Mini Dangerous Substance Cabinets
Sloping Top Add On Stands with Adjustable Feet
These robust cabinets have been designed to offer good structural stability and safely contain spillages within the cabinets leak proof sump. Designed to provide safe and secure storage of chemicals, paints and hazardous substances as defined by COSHH guidelines. All cabinets conform to Health & Safety Executive Guide HSG51 & DSEAR 2002.
IMPORTANT NOTICE: In accordance with HSE guidelines and regulations, before these cabinets are placed into operational use, it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the signage to be displayed is appropriate to the hazards associated with those chemicals or products to be stored within.
New GHS labelling will be supplied on dangerous substance cabinets, the primary label is the Flame meaning ‘Flammable’...
Additional alternative labelling supplied loose includes ‘Oxidizing’ and ‘Explosive’...
Labels are easy peel type to allow switching of the primary label. Additional GHS signage and chemical information segregation chart supplied within each cabinet.
Code W x H x D No. of Sump Sloping 3 Point £ Shelves Capacity Top Locking
2 4 4 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Door Locker
Wardrobe
Two Door Locker
General Storage
Four Door Locker
Clothing & Equipment
Six Door Locker
Double Door Cabinet
Single Door Cabinet
Lockers
This robust design is ideal for industrial environments, these locker compartment doors are individually labelled with a “Personal Protective Equipment” mandatory label and incorporate a number plate holder. Product codes prefixed PPE will be supplied with a grey carcass and dark blue doors.
Cabinets
Extra strength cabinets manufactured with a welded frame and reinforced doors. Each comes with 3 point security locking, and ‘Personal Protective Equipment’ labelling as standard.
1year
guarantee
PPE Lockers Standard Features Hardwearing powder coated finish. Key cam lock or padlock option.Welded frame design. Seat & stand options available. Sloping top option.
Cabinet Labelling
Code £
PPE183030S 112
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE183045S 138
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied with a shelf & double
coat hook.
Code £
PPE723618W 398
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
Supplied with an adjustable
hanging rail shelf.
Code £
PPE1830302 143
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE1830452 155
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied with double coat hook to
each compartment.
Code £
PPE723618C 410
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
Supplied with 3 adjustable
shelves.
Code £
PPE1830304 176
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE1830454 196
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied without internal Fittings.
Code £
PPE723618CE 456
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
Supplied with a vertical hanging
compartment & individual storage.
Code £
PPE1830306 217
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE1830456 228
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied without internal Fittings.
Code £
PPE393618C 314
W.915 x H.1000 x D.457
Complete with one adjustable shelf.
Code £
PPE361818C 202
W.457 x H.910 x D.457
Complete with two adjustable shelves.
244-245 PPE Lockers - Floor Standing Personal Effects (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 14:24
PEL4FT PEL8FTPEL4ST PEL8ST
Personal Effects Lockersstorage and filing
2 4 5Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stacked Lockers shown
Wall Mountable Lockers
Floor Standing Lockers
Wall Mountable Lockers are ideal for the storage of watches, personal jewellery, wallets, purses and mobile phones.
Code W x H x D (mm) Description Opening Size W x H x D (mm) £
PEL4FT 250 x 920 x 160 4 door 165 x 180 x 135 187
PEL8FT 250 x 920 x 160 8 door 165 x 180 x 135 231
PEL4ST 250 x 920/990 x 160 4 door. Sloping Top. 165 x 180 x 135 194
PEL8ST 250 x 920/990 x 160 8 door. Sloping Top. 165 x 180 x 135 239
Code W x H x D (mm) Description Opening Size W x H x D (mm) £
PEL20 450 x 1800 x 380 20 door 165 x 150 x 360 293
PEL10 450 x 940 x 380 10 door 165 x 150 x 360 483
Door Colour Options. Carcass in Grey Only.
GreyDark Blue Red
8year
guarantee
Cost effective high density storage solution for mobile phones and small personal items. Featuring a 4000 mastered series cam lock. Can also be supplied with a keyless solution with the use of a padlock fitting.
Floor standing Lockers can easily be nested or anchored to a wall for increased stability and security using the available nesting holes on the back and sides of each unit.
244-245 PPE Lockers - Floor Standing Personal Effects (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:24
3 Apertures Replacement Recycling BoxesCode W x H x D £
RU10/4/7 990 x 725 x 400 504
RU10/5/7 990 x 725 x 500 557
2 Hinged Doors.
Lockable, including 2 keys.
Includes 2 Cardboard Recycling Boxes.
Code W x H x D £
RUB 300 x 600 x 300 11
Office Lockers
Recycle Units
storage and filing
2 4 6 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
6 Door Personal Storage
2 Apertures
9 Door Personal Storage
2 Apertures
Code W x H x D £
NSL3/2 800 x 900 x 500 709
Lockable, including 2 keys.
Adjustable leveling feet.
Code W x H x D £
RU8/4/7 800 x 725 x 400 418
RU8/5/7 800 x 725 x 500 464
2 Hinged Doors.
Lockable, including 2 keys.
Includes 2 Cardboard Recycling Boxes.
Code W x H x D £
RU8/4/10 800 x 1000 x 400 464
RU8/5/10 800 x 1000 x 500 516
2 Hinged Doors.
Lockable, including 2 keys.
Includes 2 Cardboard Recycling Boxes.
4 Digit Combination Price on Application
Standard Key Lock Included
Electronic Keypad Price on Application
Code W x H x D £
NSL3/3 800 x 1300 x 500 1005
Lockable, including 2 keys.
Adjustable leveling feet.
MFC Colours
5year
guarantee
Ash
Autumn Cherry
Beech Oak
Grey
Silver White
Walnut Wenge
A/S
C/S
B/S O/S
G/S
S/S WH/S
W/S WE/S
246-247 Elite Office Lockers & Recycle Units - Elite Office Plan Chests (17).indd 1 30/11/2016 14:25
Office Plan Chestsstorage and filing
2 4 7Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
MFC Colours
Oak Beech Silver Metalwork
B/S SO/S
A1 & A0 Plan Chests. With 1, 3, 6 and 8 drawer options. Using quality materials to build budget and cost effective furniture.
A0 Square Frame Plan ChestsA1 Square Frame Plan ChestsCode W x H x D Description £
PC8 A1 992 x 830 x 707 8 Drawers 635
PC6 A1 992 x 830 x 707 6 Drawers 484
PC3 A1 992 x 830 x 707 3 Drawers 363
PC1 A1 992 x 830 x 707 1 Drawer 331
Will accommodate paper size 841mm x 594mm
Code W x H x D Description £
PC8 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 8 Drawers 868
PC6 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 6 Drawers 663
PC3 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 3 Drawers 438
PC1 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 1 Drawer 384
Will accommodate paper size 1189mm x 841mm
Top Panel: 18mm with 2mm edge. Leg Frame: 25mm Square Tubing.
25mmSquare legs
246-247 Elite Office Lockers & Recycle Units - Elite Office Plan Chests (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:26
Space Saving and Low Height Lockers storage and filing
2 4 8 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Practical seating at practical prices. • Beechwoodslats.• Welded38mmtubularsteel.• Freestanding.• Powdercoatedred,grey,yellow,green.
Doublesidedfittedwithshoe compartments
Doublesidedfittedwith shoe tray
Singlesided
fittedwithshoe tray
Double sided
IslandSeating
Singlesided
fittedwithshoecompartments
Singlesided
Double Sided
Single Sided and Shoe Tray
Double Sided
Bench Seating
Code NoofHooks SizeHxWxD(mm) £
IS120DST 18 1800x1200x760 780
IS150DST 24 1800x1500x760 847
Code NoofHooks SizeHxWxD(mm) £
IS120SST 9 1800x1200x400 447
IS150SST 12 1800x1500x400 491
Code NoofHooks SizeHxWxD(mm) £
IS120D 18 1800x1200x760 553
IS150D 24 1800x1500x760 585
Code Length(mm) £
BS60 600 000
BS90 900 000
BS120 1200 000
BS150 1500 000
BS180 1800 000
Double Sided and Shoe CompartmentsCode NoofCompartments SizeHxWxD(mm) £
IS120DSB 16 1800x1200x760 871
IS150DSB 20 1800x1500x760 961
Single SidedCode NoofHooks SizeHxWxD(mm) £
IS120S 9 1800x1200x400 333
IS150S 12 1800x1500x400 356
Single Sided and Shoe CompartmentsCode NoofCompartments SizeHxWxD(mm) £
IS120DSSB 8 1800x1200x400 492
IS150DSSB 10 1800x1500x400 596
248-249 Cloakroom (17).indd 2 30/11/2016 14:29
Fire Resistant Safes storage and filing
2 5 0
Protect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media. All our safes are independently tested to European standards.
Code W x H x D (mm) Drawers Weight £
FS2252K 525 x 720 x 675 2 140kg 1250
FS2252E 525 x 720 x 675 2 140kg 1393
FS2254K 525 x 1405 x 675 4 230kg 1840
FS2254E 525 x 1405 x 675 4 230kg 1983
FSDPI08 Data Protection Insert 19kg 407
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 90 Minutes fire protection for paper records & data when FSDPI08 is used. Water resistant seals prevent damage to contents against sprinkler systems. Able to accommodate Foolscap, A4 & A5 files using width adjustable rails. Independent drawer locking allows any combinations of open or locked drawers.
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
FS1511K 600 x 1225 x 520 227 77kg 995
FS1511E 600 x 1225 x 520 227 77kg 1090
FS1512K 935 x 1225 x 520 354 106kg 1283
FS1512E 935 x 1225 x 520 354 106kg 1338
FS1513K 930 x 1950 x 520 611 152kg 1605
FS1513E 930 x 1950 x 520 611 152kg 1690
FS1514K 1255 x1950 x 520 851 194kg 2005
FS1514E 1255 x1950 x 520 851 194kg 2102
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 30 Minutes fire protection for paper records. High security VDS Class 1 key lock or electronic locking with LED display. Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. Height adjustable shelves that also include hanging rails for lateral files.
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
FS1281E 412 x 360 x 363 19 30kg 282
FS1282E 352 x 420 x 433 25 36kg 319
FS1283E 404 x 522 x 440 36 53kg 388
60 Minutes fire protection for paper records & digital media, DVD’s & USB sticks. Recommended for £2,000 overnight cash cover or £20,000 for valuables. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code. Drop tested from 9.1 meters & suitable for base fixing (bolts supplied).
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
FS1901E 650 x 1160 x 550 163 220kg 1680
FS1902E 775 x 1630 x 650 380 375kg 2678
FS1903E 1125 x 1690 x 700 699 530kg 4088
120 Minutes fire protection for paper records & 60 minutes for digital media. Recommended for £2,500 overnight cash cover or £25,000 for valuables. Large capacity storage with height adjustable shelves & lockable drawer unit. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code.
Insert for FS1512K/E, FS1513K/E, FS1902E & FS1903E £
FSDPIO3 338
World Class Vertical Fire File FS2250K/E Series
Fire Ranger FS1510K/E Series
Fire Commander FS1900E Series
Data Protection
Titan FS1280E Series
Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
Prices quoted are for ground floor delivery & position (no steps) in 3-7 days. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
All fire safes are covered by a 2 year manufacturers warranty & free lifetime after fire replacement warranty.
FS2254E FS2252K FSDPI08
FS1902E FS1903E
Shown with optional data protection insert FSDPI03
Recommended for £1,000 overnight cash cover or £10,000 for valuables. Advanced user friendly electronic locking with high security anti-tamper or bounce solenoid locking system. Ready prepared for fixing to the floor or wall. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
SS1171K 350 x 280 x 300 11 20kg 199
SS1172K 420 x 300 x 380 22 29kg 222
SS1173K 420 x 605 x 380 52 52kg 388
Recommended for £3,000 overnight cash cover or £30,000 for valuables. Fitted with high security VdS Class 1 key lock (2 keys supplied). The door is secured by twin live locking bolts. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Code W x H x D (mm) Weight Hooks £
KC0601K 270 x 350 x 80 4kg 42 87
KC0602K 300 x 450 x 80 6kg 64 99
KC0603K 380 x 550 x 80 7kg 100 129
KC0604K 380 x 550 x 140 11kg 200 169
KC0605K 380 x 550 x 205 14kg 300 247
KC0606K 730 x 550 x 140 20kg 400 294
KC0607K 730 x 550 x 205 28kg 600 402
Cabinets are manufactured with a high quality cylinder key lock supplied with 2 keys. Each unit comes with adjustable hook bars and number labels with pre-drilled fixing holes for wall mounting. Finished in a high quality durable powder coated finish.
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
SS1181K 350 x 220 x 300 7 15kg 229
SS1181E 350 x 220 x 300 7 15kg 354
SS1182K 450 x 350 x 350 24 25kg 307
SS1182E 450 x 350 x 350 24 25kg 427
SS1183K 450 x 550 x 350 42 37kg 407
SS1183E 450 x 550 x 350 42 37kg 519
ECB.S Certified & AiS (Association of Insurance Surveyors) Approved
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). Tested to European S2 Security Standard (EN14450) providing £4,000 cash cover and £40,000 valuable cover. Anti drill plates for added security. High security VDS Class 1 double bitted key lock or electronic lock & time delay. Ready prepared for floor fixing (bolts supplied for concrete).
Code W x H x D (mm) Hooks Weight £
KS0031E 300 x 280 x 100 30 6.5kg 127
KS0032E 300 x 365 x 100 48 7.5kg 134
KS0033E 430 x 660 x 130 144 20kg 222
High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Suitable for 30, 48 & 144 keys. Coloured key rings & tags supplied. Key deposit slot allows keys to be deposited without opening the safe. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Compact Home/Office SS0800E Series
Lynx SS1170 Series
KC Series Key Cabinets
Fortress II SS1180K/E Series
Electronic Key Safes KS0030E Series
Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 4 for further information.
Whether you require a chair, stool or bench the choices provided in the following pages will allow you to choose from plastics to fabrics, the correct size and a suitable colour.
The tables are available in a range of shapes, sizes and colours with differing heights for differing applications, such as classrooms or canteens. Choose from hardwearing tops, foldaway frames or ones that stack for ease of storage.
EducationPopliteal HeightDefines the correct seat height. The measurement is taken from the floor to the back of the knee when seated, with thighs horizontal and lower leg vertical with feet flat to the floor.StatureIs from floor to the top of the head.Sitting Work HeightDefines the correct table height. The measurement is determined by sitting elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow whilst sitting with the upper arm vertical and the lower arm horizontal.Standing Work HeightDefines the correct standing table height. The measurement is determined by standing elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow of a standing person with the upper arm vertical and lower arm horizontal.
Guide to furniture sizingTo assist with purchasing the correct size of table in relation to the user, and the correct chair in relation to the table, we have provided the Sizemark guide.
All products sold over the following pages are in compliance with British and European Standards for “Chairs and tables for educational institutions” that were approved in 2007.The latest additions are:BSEN 1729 part 1 - Functional dimensions.BSEN 1729 part 2 - Safety requirements and test methods.
Whilst most existing school furniture will pass BS EN 1729 part 2, the fundamental changes to compliant furniture design are in BS EN 1729 part 1. This relates to the appropriate size, shape and ergonomic design of classroom furniture in maintaining good posture and reducing RSI and back pain in school children.
To help you select furniture that complies to British and European standards, the Sizemark table indicates which fixed seat and table heights are suitable for the child’s age and size.
To ensure you purchase the most accurate height furniture for the individual child in compliance with the standards, we recommend that you measure the Stature and Popliteal height of the child.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Classic educational polypropylene chair with the distinctive hand hole for easy handlingThis range comes in a number of sizes and colours to meet the needs of all educational requirements.
They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture.
These chairs meet EN1729 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 10 high.
This range of chairs can also be supplied linked.
• Available in a wide choice of frame and seat colours.
• Sturdy steel frame and easy stacking.
Poly Top StoolsThe Poly Top stool is designed with a flat seat which allows for easy stacking.
• Designed to stack 10 high.
• The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.
Colours
Frame Colours
5year
guarantee
Hi Red
Black
Hi Green
Dark Grey
Hi Blue
Light Grey
Yellow
Smooth Silver
Charcoal
Poly Top Frame Colours
5year
guarantee
Poly Top Seat Colours
Yellow Red Green Blue Charcoal Beige
Textured Black Dark Grey Light Grey Textured SilverSmooth Silver
Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs
NP Chair classroom tables & chairs
In daily use in thousands of UK schools, the NP represents value for moneyAvailable in six sizes and 10 colour options, the NP is particularly comfortable with its well defined lumbar support back.
• Available in a wide choice of vibrant seat colours.
• Available in six European standard size marks.
• Robust frame and easily stackable upto 8 high.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Upholstered Seat Pad only
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
For added comfort our seat and back pads are available in a variety of hardwearing and attractive fabrics.
Frame Colour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard. Other frame colours available on request.
The Geo range of chairs, a modern, ergonomic and robust addition to our poly range. The Geo is available in 9 vibrant shell colours and 3 legged options with ICT Swivel to complete the family. Fully EN1729 (NEW) part 1 and 2 compliant the Geo has been designed and manufactured in the UK for the educational and contract markets.
2 5 7
Options Code £
Seat Pad: SP Add 35
Top Bar: TBL Add 8
Tubular: TL Add 8
Geo Polyclassroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Traditional look laboratory/craft stools. Stackable to 6 high. Supplied with hand hole as standard. Choose from either a polished or laminated MDF top. Compliant to EN1729 Part 2.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
High Chair Seat Colours
5year
guarantee
Red Blue Green Charcoal Soft Blue Yellow Orange Purple Lilac Tangy Green
NPPerfect for use in ICT, craft and science environments
BSA design that’s stronger, sturdier and sleeker
Chair 2000Robust steel back & integrated lumbar support
Stool Seat Colours
5year
guarantee
Red Soft Blue Yellow Orange Tangy Green
Frame Colour
Frame Colour
Steel Feet Option
Grey
Grey
Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey. Other frame colours available on request.
Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey. Other frame colours available on request.
Essential where highly abrasive non-slip flooring is used.
Code SF Add £5
Steel Feet Option Essential where highly abrasive non-slip flooring is used. Code SF Add £5
NP High Chair BS High Chair Chair 2000Code Size Seat Height £
NP5ST4 4 610mm 118
NP5ST5 5 685mm 120
Code Size Seat Height £
MS127 1 640mm 126
MS128 2 670mm 130
Wooden Top StoolCode Seat Height £
25RT1 470mm 91
25RT2 520mm 91
25RT3 570mm 91
25RT4 620mm 91
25RT5 670mm 91
Code Seat Height Age £
2104 620mm 13 130
2105 670mm 14-Adult 135
MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered.
PU edge A high impact resilient textured spray PU edge.
WSM Four Legged Stool WSM Skid Base StoolCode Seat Height £
WSM1 395mm 105
WSM2 445mm 105
WSM3 560mm 105
WSM4 610mm 105
WSM5 685mm 105
Code Seat Height £
WSM1SKID 395mm 114
WSM2SKID 445mm 114
WSM3SKID 560mm 114
WSM4SKID 610mm 114
WSM5SKID 685mm 114
Legged or skid base design withIntegral Lumbar
Support
WSM Stoolsclassroom tables & chairs
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
WSM Stool Seat Colours
Frame Colour Steel Feet Option
5year
guarantee
Red
Grey
Blue Green Charcoal Soft Blue Yellow Orange Purple Lilac Tangy Green
Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey. Other frame colours available on request.
The original polypropylene StoolIf you are looking for the UK’s best stool, look no furtherOur WSM stools are specified for major projects countrywide because of their unique seat shape with integral lumbar support.
Add to this a robust steel frame with a well positioned footrest and we have a winning combination. Choose from a four legged or skid base design.
• Skid base features non-tilt frame and protects floor in high wear situations.
Essential where highly abrasive non-slip flooring is used.
Manufactured to a European Standard (EN 1729 Part 1) that first and foremost sets out to encourage good posture for our children. EN 1729 Part 1 is the standard which sets chair dimensions, heights, angles and back support contact points for every age group.
Good posture not only means children will be healthier - it also means that they should be more comfortable and therefore more attentive in class.
• Sizes 5 & 6 now tested to 25 stone weight allowance. • See opposite page for options.
Titan Antibacterial Classroom Chairs • The Titan+ antibacterial chair will kill 99.9% of bacteria including MRSA and E-coli on touch.
• Protection is guaranteed for 10 years.
• 100% safe to humans, subject to independent antibacterial lab testing.
• The Titan+ is highly recommended not only for use within the classroom but also in eating areas canteen and refectories.
• Prevents fungal growth.
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T5 & T6 only Charcoal - Sizes T6, T5, T4 & T3 only
Non stock colours available to order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
One of our Best Sellers -
Built toLast!
15year
guarantee
Black Fully Recycled
Titan Seat Colours
Charcoal Green Grey PurpleYellow Blue Burgundy Lime GreenRed Sky Orange Black
Seat Colours for sizes 1-4 Seat Colours for sizes 5 & 6
10year
guarantee
Lime Sky Blue Orange Yellow Blue Charcoal
Our Achievements+ The Titan+ will help to safeguard the health of your students and school community.
+ Titan have carried out extensive research to bring you the chair of the future today.
+ Give parents the peace of mind knowing that the Titan+ is the chair that their children will be using in the classroom.
260-261 Titan (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 16:36
2 6 1
Options Available Code £
Chair Trolley: T40 322
Linking Clip: T7 4
Seat Pad: T8 33
Titan Chairsclassroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Titan 4 Leg• The super strong Titan 4 Leg chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate 4 leg classroom chair.
• Moulded from a one piece high impact polypropylene shell, bolted to a super strong oval tube steel frame makes the chair almost unbreakable.
Titan Folding Exam DeskThe Titan exam desk has been developed with a textured high impact injection moulded polypropylene top, making them not only stable but also graffiti proof. The tops are manufactured from a one-piece recyclable injected moulded polypropylene, with black support legs as standard.
A desk trolley is available - ask for details.
Titan 4 LegCode Size Seat Height Age £
T13 3 350mm 5-7 years 38
T14 4 380mm 7-9 years 38
T15 5 430mm 9-13 years 38
T16 6 460mm 13+ years 38
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T15 & T16 Only
Titan Skid Base• The Titan Skid Base chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate skid base classroom chair.
• Shells are available in 11 vibrant colours with the frames epoxy coated in a modern silver finish.
Titan Skid BaseCode Size Seat Height Age £
T23 3 350mm 5-7 years 41
T24 4 380mm 7-9 years 44
T25 5 430mm 9-13 years 44
T26 6 460mm 13+ years 45
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T25 & T26 Only
Titan Swivel• The Titan Swivel chair with solid polished chrome bases and a choice of either glides or castors.
• Titan gas lifts are guaranteed to withstand users up to 25 stone and offer simple seat height adjustment.
Titan Swivel
Titan Folding Exam Desk
Titan Ultimate Stool
Code Description Seat Height Adjustment Age £
T30 Junior Shell 355mm-420mm 5-11 years 106
T35 Junior Shell 460mm-600mm 11+ years 113
Note: All colours available for adult sizes Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - Junior Size
Code W x H x D Colour £
T10B 600 x 710 x 600mm Blue 65
T10C 600 x 710 x 600mm Charcoal 65
Code Seat Height £
T90 445mm 68
T91 560mm 68
T92 610mm 68
T93 685mm 68
Not available in Sky, Orange, Lime Green, Yellow or Burgundy.Not advised for use on ultra grip flooring.
Seat PadUpholstered pad available in Camira fabric or vinyl.
Seat Colours
10year
guarantee
Charcoal
Sky
Green
Orange
Yellow
Grey
Blue
Lime Green
Red
Burgundy
Black
Purple
Titan encourage good posture for
our children.
260-261 Titan (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 16:36
2 6 2
Square Crush Bent
Square Fully Welded
Rectangular Crush Bent
Rectangular Fully Welded
Code Description W x D £
MS1-MDF MDF Edge 600 x 600 90
MS1-PVC PVC Edge 600 x 600 93
MS1-PU PU Edge 600 x 600 102
Code Description W x D £
ST1-MDF MDF Edge 600 x 600 90
ST2-MDF MDF Edge 760 x 760 136
ST3-MDF MDF Edge 900 x 900 153
ST1-PVC PVC Edge 600 x 600 93
ST2-PVC PVC Edge 760 x 760 139
ST3-PVC PVC Edge 900 x 900 156
ST1-PU PU Edge 600 x 600 103
ST2-PU PU Edge 760 x 760 149
ST3-PU PU Edge 900 x 900 167
Code Description W x D £
M01-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 106
M02-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107
M01-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 109
M02-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 111
M01-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 119
M02-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 121
Code Description W x D £
ST1150-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 106
ST4-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107
ST5-MDF MDF Edge 1500 x 600 187
ST1150-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 109
ST4-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 111
ST5-PVC PVC Edge 1500 x 600 190
ST1150-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 119
ST4-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 121
ST5-PU PU Edge 1500 x 600 200
Quality Tables from only
£90
Crush Bent & Fully Welded classroom tables & chairs
Our Slide/Stacking tables are created with a robust crushed metal frame and a 25mm square leg system that is longer on one side enabling you to stack with ease.
The frames are manufactured out of 1.5mm gauge steel and can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.
We supply a wide range of work top finishes in Laminated MDF the edges can either be clear lacquered or 2mm PVC finish. 18mm thick top supplied as standard.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered.
PVC 2mm (Shrink to Fit) A thick band of plastic which seals and protects the table edge.
PU edge A high impact resilient textured spray PU edge.
Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Age 2-3 yearsSize 2 530mm Age 3-5 yearsSize 3 590mm Age 5-7 yearsSize 4 640mm Age 7-9 yearsSize 5 710mm Age 9-13 yearsSize 6 760mm Age 13-Adult
Edge Options
MDF
Crush-BentStackable Frame
PVC PU
Frame ColoursTop Colours
Maple Oak Beech Red Blue Green Yellow Light Grey Dark Grey Black Textured Black
Light Grey Textured Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Smooth Silver
262-263 Crush Bent Welded Tables (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 16:41
2 6 3
Trapezoidal Crush Bent
Trapezoidal Fully Welded
Circular Fully Welded
Semi Circular Fully Welded
Code Description W x D £
TRZTM-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 106
TRZTM1-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107
TRZTM-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 109
TRZTM1-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 111
TRZTM-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 119
TRZTM1-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 121
Code Description W x D £
TRZT1-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 106
TRZT-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107
TRZT1-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 109
TRZT-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 111
TRZT1-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 119
TRZT-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 121
Code Description Dia £
CT1-MDF MDF Edge 600 146
CTS10-MDF MDF Edge 1000 190
CT1-PVC PVC Edge 600 149
CTS10-PVC PVC Edge 1000 194
CT1-PU PU Edge 600 160
CTS10-PU PU Edge 1000 203
Code Description W x D £
SCTRP-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 106
SCT12-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107
SCTRP-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 109
SCT12-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 111
SCTRP-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 119
SCT12-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 121
Wide choice of colours
Crush Bent & Fully Weldedclassroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
These tables are available in a wide range of work top finishes such as laminated MDF, Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow. We also offer a selection of table edge finishes. These tables can be made in many different shapes and sizes and still offer the Spiral Stacking System.
The 25mm (square section) four legged frames can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.
See opposite for frame & top colours
262-263 Crush Bent Welded Tables (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 16:41
2 6 4
Craft Tables classroom tables & chairs
These ‘H’ Frame Tables make working at high-top tables much easier. Featuring 25mm or 40mm section ‘H’ frames, these substantial tables are suitable for many environments especially in education.
A range of work top finishes are available including laminated Beech, Maple, Oak, Red, Green, Yellow and Light Grey. The table work tops may be either 18mm (standard) or 25mm thick MDF with clear lacquer or 2mm PVC edging.
Craft TablesCode Width Depth Frame £
SB1 1800mm 600mm 25mm 392
SB2 1800mm 750mm 25mm 392
SB3 1500mm 600mm 25mm 345
SB4 1500mm 750mm 25mm 345
SB5 1200mm 600mm 25mm 244
SB6 1200mm 750mm 25mm 267
SB HD1 1800mm 600mm 40mm 477
SB HD2 1800mm 750mm 40mm 477
SB HD3 1500mm 600mm 40mm 413
SB HD4 1500mm 750mm 40mm 413
SB HD5 1200mm 600mm 40mm 355
SB HD6 1200mm 750mm 40mm 389
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Optional Trespa Work TopsWe also offer extra tough Trespa work tops in 16 or 13mm thickness.Trespa colour range:White, White Speckle, Sand Speckle, Silver/Grey, Silver/Grey Speckle.
5year
guarantee
Laminate Table Top Colours
Maple
Yellow Laminate
Oak
Light Grey
Beech
Dark Grey
Red Laminate
Blue Laminate
Green Laminate Frame Colours
Black Textured Black
Light Grey Textured Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Smooth Silver
Quality design with extra
strength and stability
Table Heights AvailableCode Height Age EN1729 Size
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15-20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Our ‘X’ Frame design enables you to fold the table after use and store away with ease. The slim body allows you to store in the narrowest of places. A folding exam table trolley is also available.
• 22mm clear lacquer or PVC edges
• Plywood tops available on request
• Supplied with pen groove
• All exam desks are stackable
Our Nesting Table is designed using 1.5mm gauge steel frame and a hard wearing work top. It is shaped to get stacked with ease and also perform as a comfortable table.
• These tables can be stacked 5 high
Our Heavy Duty Cantilever Table has a ‘Crush Bent’ steel frame design which allows you to slide them on top of each other when stacking. With a 25 x 25mm upper leg frame and 50 x 25mm lower/feet frame this makes this table a very strong and durable to use.
This heavy duty Premium Cylinder Legged Table design is one of the more robust and eye-pleasing families of tables. The circular legs can be coated in many finishes such as:-
Silver, Textured Black, Yellow, Red, Blue, Green and Grey.
The frames are 32mm diameter legs which are fully welded and are very sturdy.
We offer a range of table top finishes with 18mm as standard (25mm available on request).
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Maple Oak Beech Red Blue Green Yellow Light Grey Dark Grey Light Grey Chrome Silver
RedBlack BlueTextured Silver
GreenDark Grey YellowCharcoal White
Curve Chunky Four tables together make a circular shape of 21mm diameter.
Wedge Chunky Stylish triangular tables, 32mm round fully welded frame. Modular design for all round classroom versatility. Optional front leg castor for flexibility and ease of movement.
Curve ChunkyCode Width x Depth £
CURVE 1 1490 x 600mm 293
Wedge ChunkyCode Width x Depth £
WED1 Wedge 750 x 690mm 164
WED2C Wedge with Castor 750 x 690mm 213
These colours apply for all tables. Other colours available on request.
A comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a large choice of coloured trays. Units are supplied complete with coloured or clear trays, castors and in beech with optional coloured tops.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1 BayCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ1W 6 Tray Unit 360 x 453 x 617 150
MEQ8H 8 Tray Unit 360 x 453 x 789 261
2 BayCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ2W 12 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 617 255
MEQ16 16 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 789 380
3 BayCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ3W 18 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 617 315
MEQ21 21 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 703 411
MEQ4W 24 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 789 405
OptionsCode Description £
MEQ1001 Lockable Doors per pair 110
EF8820 Clip on Lid for Tray 8
1 Bay
3 Bay
MEQ1W Shownwith Clear Trays
2 Bay
Lockable Doors Pair of doors for any wooden storage units.
Clip on Lids
5year
guarantee
Tray Colours
Tray Colours
Shallow & deep only
Red
Lemon Jelly Strawberry Jelly
Grey
CarcassBCH MA
Beech Maple
Yellow Blue Green Clear Purple Lime Cyan Pink Tangerine Kiwi Jelly Grape Jelly Blueberry Jelly
Coloured Tops available - please
ask for details
268-269 Tray Storage (17).indd 1 29/11/2016 16:59
Clip on Lids
2 6 9
Combination Tray Storage
Options
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ4012 12 Deep 1358 x 453 x 707 530
MEQ4016 16 Deep 1358 x 453 x 835 635
MEQ4018 18 Deep 1030 x 453 x 1210 687
Variety Tray StorageCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ1108 8 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 967 434
MEQ1112 12 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 967 546
MEQ1031 12 Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 707 625
MEQ1116 16 Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 967 690
Code Description £
EF8820 Clip on Lid for Tray 8
A choice of 14 different tray
colours
Combination Tray Storage
Variety Tray Storage
classroom storage
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Mix and match between deep or shallow trays to create the combination to meet your requirement.
This range provides differing sizes of trays to meet a changeable storage requirement. The range comes with a choice of 14 different tray colours. Coloured tops available.
5year
guarantee
Tray Colours
Shallow & deep only
Lemon Jelly Strawberry Jelly
Grey
Tray Colours
Red Yellow Blue Green Clear Purple Lime Cyan Pink Tangerine Kiwi Jelly Grape Jelly Blueberry JellyCarcass
BCH MA
Beech Maple
16 Deep or 32 Shallow12 Deep or 24 Shallow
8 Tray Unit
18 Deep or 36 Shallow
Shown withClear TraysMEQ1108
12 Tray
12 Tray
16 Tray
MEQ1112
MEQ1116
MEQ1031
268-269 Tray Storage (17).indd 2 29/11/2016 16:59
2 7 0
From desktop to door standing
to wall mounted solutions
SecureCharging
LapCabby Lyte classroom storage
LapCabby Lyte combines all our favourite LapCabby features to bring you a space saving range of ergonomic and cost effective ICT storage solutions - without having to compromise on quality, functionality or style.
Our latest range offers you multitude of choice - from desktop to door standing to wall mounted solutions. You can also choose from digital key pad access for individual door-per-device units or single doors that lock up to 16 devices.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Lyte Single 10 Devices & Lyte Single 16 Devices
Lyte Multi 10 Devices & Lyte Multi 16 Devices
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
LYTE10SD 10 Devices 520 x 524 x 732 738
LYTE16SD 16 Devices 520 x 524 x 1140 1238
Compartment Size: W300 x D450 x H55mm
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
LYTE10MD 10 Devices 520 x 524 x 732 1363
LYTE16MD 16 Devices 520 x 524 x 1140 2112
Compartment Size: W480 x D450 x H55mm
Lyte Mini Single 10 Devices & Lyte Mini Multi 10 Devices
Wall Lyte 10 Devices
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
LYTE10SDMINI Single 10 Devices 400 x 350 x 732 663
LYTE10MDMINI Multi 10 Devices 400 x 350 x 732 1163
Compartment Size Single: W180 x D275 x H55mm
Compartment Size Multi: W360 x D275 x H55mm
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
LYTE10WD 10 Tablets 500 x 180 x 1022 738
Compartment Size: W300 x D200 x H35mm
5year
guarantee
Colours Available
Blue Orange Purple Lime Charcoal
Suitable for - laptops, net books or chromebooks up to 15”
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Our handy new beech MFC storage range is designed to hold the popular Really Useful Boxes. Extra strong and perfectly stackable clear boxes with clip on lids are perfect to store all sorts of stuff, from small items of stationery up to lever arch folders! Extra boxes can be sold separately.
Fabric InformationOur standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. Although the majority of chairs and screens featured in this catalogue can be upholstered in any fabric, you may wish to specify and establish a price difference, if any.
Both manufacturers offer a wide variety of colours and materials suitable for commercial and contract environments. To assist with your choice of upholstery, take advantage of Camira and Bradbury’s excellent swatch sample service, which can be found with full fabric listings on their respective websites.
Urban Plus (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric. 5 Year guarantee.
Xtreme Plus (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium HazardPopular crepe weave upholstery fabric10 Year guarantee.
Lucia (Screens)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium HazardAbrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric.5 Year guarantee.
Fire RetardancyBritish Standard BS 7176: 2007 allows premises to be divided into different categories of fire hazard. Within each category, test methods indicate the resistance to ignition sources, and at which hazard level. This information should allow you to select the appropriate fabric for your premises.
Low HazardUpdated BS 7176 Test Methods: BS EN 1021 1,2 Resistance to ignition sources cigarette and match.Typical Examples: Offices, schools, colleges, universities, museums, exhibitions and day centres.
Medium HazardBS 7176 Test Methods: BS 5852: 2006Resistance to ignition sources 0, 1, 5 (cigarette and match crib 5). Typical Examples: Hotel bedrooms, hospitals, public buildings, café and restaurants, places of public entertainment, pubs and bars, bingo halls.
Found a fabric? Now contact our sales team for a quotation.
272 Fabrics Information (17).indd 1 02/12/2016 16:58
TH
E O
FF
ICE
FU
RN
ITU
RE
CA
TA
LO
GU
E 2
01
7
2017Office
FurnitureSolutions
OfficeFurnitureSolutions
Next Day Service
Delivery & Installation
Space Planning
Bespoke Products
Please check on website for more details.TAKE 25% OFF ANY PRICE INSIDE THIS CATALOGUE.
